Linux Audio

Check our new training course

Linux BSP upgrade and security maintenance

Need help to get security updates for your Linux BSP?
Loading...
v6.13.7
   1// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
   2/* Framework for finding and configuring PHYs.
   3 * Also contains generic PHY driver
   4 *
   5 * Author: Andy Fleming
   6 *
   7 * Copyright (c) 2004 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
   8 */
   9
  10#define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
  11
  12#include <linux/acpi.h>
  13#include <linux/bitmap.h>
  14#include <linux/delay.h>
  15#include <linux/errno.h>
  16#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
  17#include <linux/ethtool.h>
  18#include <linux/init.h>
  19#include <linux/interrupt.h>
  20#include <linux/io.h>
  21#include <linux/kernel.h>
  22#include <linux/list.h>
  23#include <linux/mdio.h>
  24#include <linux/mii.h>
  25#include <linux/mm.h>
  26#include <linux/module.h>
  27#include <linux/of.h>
  28#include <linux/netdevice.h>
  29#include <linux/phy.h>
  30#include <linux/phylib_stubs.h>
  31#include <linux/phy_led_triggers.h>
  32#include <linux/phy_link_topology.h>
  33#include <linux/pse-pd/pse.h>
  34#include <linux/property.h>
  35#include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
  36#include <linux/sfp.h>
  37#include <linux/skbuff.h>
  38#include <linux/slab.h>
  39#include <linux/string.h>
  40#include <linux/uaccess.h>
  41#include <linux/unistd.h>
  42
  43MODULE_DESCRIPTION("PHY library");
  44MODULE_AUTHOR("Andy Fleming");
  45MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
  46
  47__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_basic_features) __ro_after_init;
  48EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_features);
  49
  50__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_basic_t1_features) __ro_after_init;
  51EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_t1_features);
  52
  53__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features) __ro_after_init;
  54EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features);
  55
  56__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_gbit_features) __ro_after_init;
  57EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_gbit_features);
  58
  59__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_gbit_fibre_features) __ro_after_init;
  60EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_gbit_fibre_features);
  61
  62__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_gbit_all_ports_features) __ro_after_init;
  63EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_gbit_all_ports_features);
  64
  65__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_10gbit_features) __ro_after_init;
  66EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_10gbit_features);
  67
  68__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_10gbit_fec_features) __ro_after_init;
  69EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_10gbit_fec_features);
  70
  71const int phy_basic_ports_array[3] = {
  72	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT,
  73	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_TP_BIT,
  74	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MII_BIT,
  75};
  76EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_ports_array);
  77
  78const int phy_fibre_port_array[1] = {
  79	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FIBRE_BIT,
  80};
  81EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_fibre_port_array);
  82
  83const int phy_all_ports_features_array[7] = {
  84	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT,
  85	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_TP_BIT,
  86	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MII_BIT,
  87	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FIBRE_BIT,
  88	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_AUI_BIT,
  89	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_BNC_BIT,
  90	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Backplane_BIT,
  91};
  92EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_all_ports_features_array);
  93
  94const int phy_10_100_features_array[4] = {
  95	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Half_BIT,
  96	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Full_BIT,
  97	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Half_BIT,
  98	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Full_BIT,
  99};
 100EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_10_100_features_array);
 101
 102const int phy_basic_t1_features_array[3] = {
 103	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_TP_BIT,
 104	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT1L_Full_BIT,
 105	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT1_Full_BIT,
 106};
 107EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_t1_features_array);
 108
 109const int phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features_array[2] = {
 110	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_TP_BIT,
 111	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT1S_P2MP_Half_BIT,
 112};
 113EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features_array);
 114
 115const int phy_gbit_features_array[2] = {
 116	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Half_BIT,
 117	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT,
 118};
 119EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_gbit_features_array);
 120
 121const int phy_10gbit_features_array[1] = {
 122	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseT_Full_BIT,
 123};
 124EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_10gbit_features_array);
 125
 126static const int phy_10gbit_fec_features_array[1] = {
 127	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseR_FEC_BIT,
 128};
 129
 130__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_10gbit_full_features) __ro_after_init;
 131EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_10gbit_full_features);
 132
 133static const int phy_10gbit_full_features_array[] = {
 134	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Full_BIT,
 135	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Full_BIT,
 136	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT,
 137	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseT_Full_BIT,
 138};
 139
 140static const int phy_eee_cap1_features_array[] = {
 141	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Full_BIT,
 142	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT,
 143	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseT_Full_BIT,
 144	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseKX_Full_BIT,
 145	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseKX4_Full_BIT,
 146	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseKR_Full_BIT,
 147};
 148
 149__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_eee_cap1_features) __ro_after_init;
 150EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_eee_cap1_features);
 151
 152static const int phy_eee_cap2_features_array[] = {
 153	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_2500baseT_Full_BIT,
 154	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_5000baseT_Full_BIT,
 155};
 156
 157__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_eee_cap2_features) __ro_after_init;
 158EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_eee_cap2_features);
 159
 160static void features_init(void)
 161{
 162	/* 10/100 half/full*/
 163	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_ports_array,
 164			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_ports_array),
 165			       phy_basic_features);
 166	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10_100_features_array,
 167			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10_100_features_array),
 168			       phy_basic_features);
 169
 170	/* 100 full, TP */
 171	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_t1_features_array,
 172			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_t1_features_array),
 173			       phy_basic_t1_features);
 174
 175	/* 10 half, P2MP, TP */
 176	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features_array,
 177			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features_array),
 178			       phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features);
 179
 180	/* 10/100 half/full + 1000 half/full */
 181	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_ports_array,
 182			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_ports_array),
 183			       phy_gbit_features);
 184	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10_100_features_array,
 185			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10_100_features_array),
 186			       phy_gbit_features);
 187	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_gbit_features_array,
 188			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_gbit_features_array),
 189			       phy_gbit_features);
 190
 191	/* 10/100 half/full + 1000 half/full + fibre*/
 192	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_ports_array,
 193			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_ports_array),
 194			       phy_gbit_fibre_features);
 195	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10_100_features_array,
 196			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10_100_features_array),
 197			       phy_gbit_fibre_features);
 198	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_gbit_features_array,
 199			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_gbit_features_array),
 200			       phy_gbit_fibre_features);
 201	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_fibre_port_array,
 202			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_fibre_port_array),
 203			       phy_gbit_fibre_features);
 204
 205	/* 10/100 half/full + 1000 half/full + TP/MII/FIBRE/AUI/BNC/Backplane*/
 206	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_all_ports_features_array,
 207			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_all_ports_features_array),
 208			       phy_gbit_all_ports_features);
 209	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10_100_features_array,
 210			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10_100_features_array),
 211			       phy_gbit_all_ports_features);
 212	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_gbit_features_array,
 213			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_gbit_features_array),
 214			       phy_gbit_all_ports_features);
 215
 216	/* 10/100 half/full + 1000 half/full + 10G full*/
 217	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_all_ports_features_array,
 218			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_all_ports_features_array),
 219			       phy_10gbit_features);
 220	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10_100_features_array,
 221			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10_100_features_array),
 222			       phy_10gbit_features);
 223	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_gbit_features_array,
 224			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_gbit_features_array),
 225			       phy_10gbit_features);
 226	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10gbit_features_array,
 227			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10gbit_features_array),
 228			       phy_10gbit_features);
 229
 230	/* 10/100/1000/10G full */
 231	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_all_ports_features_array,
 232			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_all_ports_features_array),
 233			       phy_10gbit_full_features);
 234	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10gbit_full_features_array,
 235			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10gbit_full_features_array),
 236			       phy_10gbit_full_features);
 237	/* 10G FEC only */
 238	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10gbit_fec_features_array,
 239			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10gbit_fec_features_array),
 240			       phy_10gbit_fec_features);
 241	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_eee_cap1_features_array,
 242			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_eee_cap1_features_array),
 243			       phy_eee_cap1_features);
 244	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_eee_cap2_features_array,
 245			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_eee_cap2_features_array),
 246			       phy_eee_cap2_features);
 247
 248}
 249
 250void phy_device_free(struct phy_device *phydev)
 251{
 252	put_device(&phydev->mdio.dev);
 253}
 254EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_device_free);
 255
 256static void phy_mdio_device_free(struct mdio_device *mdiodev)
 257{
 258	struct phy_device *phydev;
 259
 260	phydev = container_of(mdiodev, struct phy_device, mdio);
 261	phy_device_free(phydev);
 262}
 263
 264static void phy_device_release(struct device *dev)
 265{
 266	fwnode_handle_put(dev->fwnode);
 267	kfree(to_phy_device(dev));
 268}
 269
 270static void phy_mdio_device_remove(struct mdio_device *mdiodev)
 271{
 272	struct phy_device *phydev;
 273
 274	phydev = container_of(mdiodev, struct phy_device, mdio);
 275	phy_device_remove(phydev);
 276}
 277
 278static struct phy_driver genphy_driver;
 279
 280static LIST_HEAD(phy_fixup_list);
 281static DEFINE_MUTEX(phy_fixup_lock);
 282
 283static bool phy_drv_wol_enabled(struct phy_device *phydev)
 284{
 285	struct ethtool_wolinfo wol = { .cmd = ETHTOOL_GWOL };
 286
 287	phy_ethtool_get_wol(phydev, &wol);
 288
 289	return wol.wolopts != 0;
 290}
 291
 292static bool mdio_bus_phy_may_suspend(struct phy_device *phydev)
 293{
 294	struct device_driver *drv = phydev->mdio.dev.driver;
 295	struct phy_driver *phydrv = to_phy_driver(drv);
 296	struct net_device *netdev = phydev->attached_dev;
 297
 298	if (!drv || !phydrv->suspend)
 299		return false;
 300
 301	/* If the PHY on the mido bus is not attached but has WOL enabled
 302	 * we cannot suspend the PHY.
 303	 */
 304	if (!netdev && phy_drv_wol_enabled(phydev))
 305		return false;
 306
 307	/* PHY not attached? May suspend if the PHY has not already been
 308	 * suspended as part of a prior call to phy_disconnect() ->
 309	 * phy_detach() -> phy_suspend() because the parent netdev might be the
 310	 * MDIO bus driver and clock gated at this point.
 311	 */
 312	if (!netdev)
 313		goto out;
 314
 315	if (netdev->ethtool->wol_enabled)
 316		return false;
 317
 318	/* As long as not all affected network drivers support the
 319	 * wol_enabled flag, let's check for hints that WoL is enabled.
 320	 * Don't suspend PHY if the attached netdev parent may wake up.
 321	 * The parent may point to a PCI device, as in tg3 driver.
 322	 */
 323	if (netdev->dev.parent && device_may_wakeup(netdev->dev.parent))
 324		return false;
 325
 326	/* Also don't suspend PHY if the netdev itself may wakeup. This
 327	 * is the case for devices w/o underlaying pwr. mgmt. aware bus,
 328	 * e.g. SoC devices.
 329	 */
 330	if (device_may_wakeup(&netdev->dev))
 331		return false;
 332
 333out:
 334	return !phydev->suspended;
 335}
 336
 337static __maybe_unused int mdio_bus_phy_suspend(struct device *dev)
 338{
 339	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 340
 341	if (phydev->mac_managed_pm)
 342		return 0;
 343
 344	/* Wakeup interrupts may occur during the system sleep transition when
 345	 * the PHY is inaccessible. Set flag to postpone handling until the PHY
 346	 * has resumed. Wait for concurrent interrupt handler to complete.
 347	 */
 348	if (phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev)) {
 349		phydev->irq_suspended = 1;
 350		synchronize_irq(phydev->irq);
 351	}
 352
 353	/* We must stop the state machine manually, otherwise it stops out of
 354	 * control, possibly with the phydev->lock held. Upon resume, netdev
 355	 * may call phy routines that try to grab the same lock, and that may
 356	 * lead to a deadlock.
 357	 */
 358	if (phydev->attached_dev && phydev->adjust_link)
 359		phy_stop_machine(phydev);
 360
 361	if (!mdio_bus_phy_may_suspend(phydev))
 362		return 0;
 363
 364	phydev->suspended_by_mdio_bus = 1;
 365
 366	return phy_suspend(phydev);
 367}
 368
 369static __maybe_unused int mdio_bus_phy_resume(struct device *dev)
 370{
 371	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 372	int ret;
 373
 374	if (phydev->mac_managed_pm)
 375		return 0;
 376
 377	if (!phydev->suspended_by_mdio_bus)
 378		goto no_resume;
 379
 380	phydev->suspended_by_mdio_bus = 0;
 381
 382	/* If we managed to get here with the PHY state machine in a state
 383	 * neither PHY_HALTED, PHY_READY nor PHY_UP, this is an indication
 384	 * that something went wrong and we should most likely be using
 385	 * MAC managed PM, but we are not.
 386	 */
 387	WARN_ON(phydev->state != PHY_HALTED && phydev->state != PHY_READY &&
 388		phydev->state != PHY_UP);
 389
 390	ret = phy_init_hw(phydev);
 391	if (ret < 0)
 392		return ret;
 393
 394	ret = phy_resume(phydev);
 395	if (ret < 0)
 396		return ret;
 397no_resume:
 398	if (phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev)) {
 399		phydev->irq_suspended = 0;
 400		synchronize_irq(phydev->irq);
 401
 402		/* Rerun interrupts which were postponed by phy_interrupt()
 403		 * because they occurred during the system sleep transition.
 404		 */
 405		if (phydev->irq_rerun) {
 406			phydev->irq_rerun = 0;
 407			enable_irq(phydev->irq);
 408			irq_wake_thread(phydev->irq, phydev);
 409		}
 410	}
 411
 412	if (phydev->attached_dev && phydev->adjust_link)
 413		phy_start_machine(phydev);
 414
 415	return 0;
 416}
 417
 418static SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS(mdio_bus_phy_pm_ops, mdio_bus_phy_suspend,
 419			 mdio_bus_phy_resume);
 420
 421/**
 422 * phy_register_fixup - creates a new phy_fixup and adds it to the list
 423 * @bus_id: A string which matches phydev->mdio.dev.bus_id (or PHY_ANY_ID)
 424 * @phy_uid: Used to match against phydev->phy_id (the UID of the PHY)
 425 *	It can also be PHY_ANY_UID
 426 * @phy_uid_mask: Applied to phydev->phy_id and fixup->phy_uid before
 427 *	comparison
 428 * @run: The actual code to be run when a matching PHY is found
 429 */
 430int phy_register_fixup(const char *bus_id, u32 phy_uid, u32 phy_uid_mask,
 431		       int (*run)(struct phy_device *))
 432{
 433	struct phy_fixup *fixup = kzalloc(sizeof(*fixup), GFP_KERNEL);
 434
 435	if (!fixup)
 436		return -ENOMEM;
 437
 438	strscpy(fixup->bus_id, bus_id, sizeof(fixup->bus_id));
 439	fixup->phy_uid = phy_uid;
 440	fixup->phy_uid_mask = phy_uid_mask;
 441	fixup->run = run;
 442
 443	mutex_lock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 444	list_add_tail(&fixup->list, &phy_fixup_list);
 445	mutex_unlock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 446
 447	return 0;
 448}
 449EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_register_fixup);
 450
 451/* Registers a fixup to be run on any PHY with the UID in phy_uid */
 452int phy_register_fixup_for_uid(u32 phy_uid, u32 phy_uid_mask,
 453			       int (*run)(struct phy_device *))
 454{
 455	return phy_register_fixup(PHY_ANY_ID, phy_uid, phy_uid_mask, run);
 456}
 457EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_register_fixup_for_uid);
 458
 459/* Registers a fixup to be run on the PHY with id string bus_id */
 460int phy_register_fixup_for_id(const char *bus_id,
 461			      int (*run)(struct phy_device *))
 462{
 463	return phy_register_fixup(bus_id, PHY_ANY_UID, 0xffffffff, run);
 464}
 465EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_register_fixup_for_id);
 466
 467/**
 468 * phy_unregister_fixup - remove a phy_fixup from the list
 469 * @bus_id: A string matches fixup->bus_id (or PHY_ANY_ID) in phy_fixup_list
 470 * @phy_uid: A phy id matches fixup->phy_id (or PHY_ANY_UID) in phy_fixup_list
 471 * @phy_uid_mask: Applied to phy_uid and fixup->phy_uid before comparison
 472 */
 473int phy_unregister_fixup(const char *bus_id, u32 phy_uid, u32 phy_uid_mask)
 474{
 475	struct list_head *pos, *n;
 476	struct phy_fixup *fixup;
 477	int ret;
 478
 479	ret = -ENODEV;
 480
 481	mutex_lock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 482	list_for_each_safe(pos, n, &phy_fixup_list) {
 483		fixup = list_entry(pos, struct phy_fixup, list);
 484
 485		if ((!strcmp(fixup->bus_id, bus_id)) &&
 486		    phy_id_compare(fixup->phy_uid, phy_uid, phy_uid_mask)) {
 487			list_del(&fixup->list);
 488			kfree(fixup);
 489			ret = 0;
 490			break;
 491		}
 492	}
 493	mutex_unlock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 494
 495	return ret;
 496}
 497EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_unregister_fixup);
 498
 499/* Unregisters a fixup of any PHY with the UID in phy_uid */
 500int phy_unregister_fixup_for_uid(u32 phy_uid, u32 phy_uid_mask)
 501{
 502	return phy_unregister_fixup(PHY_ANY_ID, phy_uid, phy_uid_mask);
 503}
 504EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_unregister_fixup_for_uid);
 505
 506/* Unregisters a fixup of the PHY with id string bus_id */
 507int phy_unregister_fixup_for_id(const char *bus_id)
 508{
 509	return phy_unregister_fixup(bus_id, PHY_ANY_UID, 0xffffffff);
 510}
 511EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_unregister_fixup_for_id);
 512
 513/* Returns 1 if fixup matches phydev in bus_id and phy_uid.
 514 * Fixups can be set to match any in one or more fields.
 515 */
 516static int phy_needs_fixup(struct phy_device *phydev, struct phy_fixup *fixup)
 517{
 518	if (strcmp(fixup->bus_id, phydev_name(phydev)) != 0)
 519		if (strcmp(fixup->bus_id, PHY_ANY_ID) != 0)
 520			return 0;
 521
 522	if (!phy_id_compare(phydev->phy_id, fixup->phy_uid,
 523			    fixup->phy_uid_mask))
 524		if (fixup->phy_uid != PHY_ANY_UID)
 525			return 0;
 526
 527	return 1;
 528}
 529
 530/* Runs any matching fixups for this phydev */
 531static int phy_scan_fixups(struct phy_device *phydev)
 532{
 533	struct phy_fixup *fixup;
 534
 535	mutex_lock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 536	list_for_each_entry(fixup, &phy_fixup_list, list) {
 537		if (phy_needs_fixup(phydev, fixup)) {
 538			int err = fixup->run(phydev);
 539
 540			if (err < 0) {
 541				mutex_unlock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 542				return err;
 543			}
 544			phydev->has_fixups = true;
 545		}
 546	}
 547	mutex_unlock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 548
 549	return 0;
 550}
 551
 552static int phy_bus_match(struct device *dev, const struct device_driver *drv)
 553{
 554	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 555	const struct phy_driver *phydrv = to_phy_driver(drv);
 556	const int num_ids = ARRAY_SIZE(phydev->c45_ids.device_ids);
 557	int i;
 558
 559	if (!(phydrv->mdiodrv.flags & MDIO_DEVICE_IS_PHY))
 560		return 0;
 561
 562	if (phydrv->match_phy_device)
 563		return phydrv->match_phy_device(phydev);
 564
 565	if (phydev->is_c45) {
 566		for (i = 1; i < num_ids; i++) {
 567			if (phydev->c45_ids.device_ids[i] == 0xffffffff)
 568				continue;
 569
 570			if (phy_id_compare(phydev->c45_ids.device_ids[i],
 571					   phydrv->phy_id, phydrv->phy_id_mask))
 572				return 1;
 573		}
 574		return 0;
 575	} else {
 576		return phy_id_compare(phydev->phy_id, phydrv->phy_id,
 577				      phydrv->phy_id_mask);
 578	}
 579}
 580
 581static ssize_t
 582phy_id_show(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
 583{
 584	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 585
 586	return sysfs_emit(buf, "0x%.8lx\n", (unsigned long)phydev->phy_id);
 587}
 588static DEVICE_ATTR_RO(phy_id);
 589
 590static ssize_t
 591phy_interface_show(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
 592{
 593	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 594	const char *mode = NULL;
 595
 596	if (phy_is_internal(phydev))
 597		mode = "internal";
 598	else
 599		mode = phy_modes(phydev->interface);
 600
 601	return sysfs_emit(buf, "%s\n", mode);
 602}
 603static DEVICE_ATTR_RO(phy_interface);
 604
 605static ssize_t
 606phy_has_fixups_show(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
 607		    char *buf)
 608{
 609	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 610
 611	return sysfs_emit(buf, "%d\n", phydev->has_fixups);
 612}
 613static DEVICE_ATTR_RO(phy_has_fixups);
 614
 615static ssize_t phy_dev_flags_show(struct device *dev,
 616				  struct device_attribute *attr,
 617				  char *buf)
 618{
 619	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 620
 621	return sysfs_emit(buf, "0x%08x\n", phydev->dev_flags);
 622}
 623static DEVICE_ATTR_RO(phy_dev_flags);
 624
 625static struct attribute *phy_dev_attrs[] = {
 626	&dev_attr_phy_id.attr,
 627	&dev_attr_phy_interface.attr,
 628	&dev_attr_phy_has_fixups.attr,
 629	&dev_attr_phy_dev_flags.attr,
 630	NULL,
 631};
 632ATTRIBUTE_GROUPS(phy_dev);
 633
 634static const struct device_type mdio_bus_phy_type = {
 635	.name = "PHY",
 636	.groups = phy_dev_groups,
 637	.release = phy_device_release,
 638	.pm = pm_ptr(&mdio_bus_phy_pm_ops),
 639};
 640
 641static int phy_request_driver_module(struct phy_device *dev, u32 phy_id)
 642{
 643	int ret;
 644
 645	ret = request_module(MDIO_MODULE_PREFIX MDIO_ID_FMT,
 646			     MDIO_ID_ARGS(phy_id));
 647	/* We only check for failures in executing the usermode binary,
 648	 * not whether a PHY driver module exists for the PHY ID.
 649	 * Accept -ENOENT because this may occur in case no initramfs exists,
 650	 * then modprobe isn't available.
 651	 */
 652	if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_MODULES) && ret < 0 && ret != -ENOENT) {
 653		phydev_err(dev, "error %d loading PHY driver module for ID 0x%08lx\n",
 654			   ret, (unsigned long)phy_id);
 655		return ret;
 656	}
 657
 658	return 0;
 659}
 660
 661struct phy_device *phy_device_create(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, u32 phy_id,
 662				     bool is_c45,
 663				     struct phy_c45_device_ids *c45_ids)
 664{
 665	struct phy_device *dev;
 666	struct mdio_device *mdiodev;
 667	int ret = 0;
 668
 669	/* We allocate the device, and initialize the default values */
 670	dev = kzalloc(sizeof(*dev), GFP_KERNEL);
 671	if (!dev)
 672		return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
 673
 674	mdiodev = &dev->mdio;
 675	mdiodev->dev.parent = &bus->dev;
 676	mdiodev->dev.bus = &mdio_bus_type;
 677	mdiodev->dev.type = &mdio_bus_phy_type;
 678	mdiodev->bus = bus;
 679	mdiodev->bus_match = phy_bus_match;
 680	mdiodev->addr = addr;
 681	mdiodev->flags = MDIO_DEVICE_FLAG_PHY;
 682	mdiodev->device_free = phy_mdio_device_free;
 683	mdiodev->device_remove = phy_mdio_device_remove;
 684	mdiodev->reset_state = -1;
 685
 686	dev->speed = SPEED_UNKNOWN;
 687	dev->duplex = DUPLEX_UNKNOWN;
 688	dev->pause = 0;
 689	dev->asym_pause = 0;
 690	dev->link = 0;
 691	dev->port = PORT_TP;
 692	dev->interface = PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_GMII;
 693
 694	dev->autoneg = AUTONEG_ENABLE;
 695
 696	dev->pma_extable = -ENODATA;
 697	dev->is_c45 = is_c45;
 698	dev->phy_id = phy_id;
 699	if (c45_ids)
 700		dev->c45_ids = *c45_ids;
 701	dev->irq = bus->irq[addr];
 702
 703	dev_set_name(&mdiodev->dev, PHY_ID_FMT, bus->id, addr);
 704	device_initialize(&mdiodev->dev);
 705
 706	dev->state = PHY_DOWN;
 707	INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dev->leds);
 708
 709	mutex_init(&dev->lock);
 710	INIT_DELAYED_WORK(&dev->state_queue, phy_state_machine);
 711
 712	/* Request the appropriate module unconditionally; don't
 713	 * bother trying to do so only if it isn't already loaded,
 714	 * because that gets complicated. A hotplug event would have
 715	 * done an unconditional modprobe anyway.
 716	 * We don't do normal hotplug because it won't work for MDIO
 717	 * -- because it relies on the device staying around for long
 718	 * enough for the driver to get loaded. With MDIO, the NIC
 719	 * driver will get bored and give up as soon as it finds that
 720	 * there's no driver _already_ loaded.
 721	 */
 722	if (is_c45 && c45_ids) {
 723		const int num_ids = ARRAY_SIZE(c45_ids->device_ids);
 724		int i;
 725
 726		for (i = 1; i < num_ids; i++) {
 727			if (c45_ids->device_ids[i] == 0xffffffff)
 728				continue;
 729
 730			ret = phy_request_driver_module(dev,
 731						c45_ids->device_ids[i]);
 732			if (ret)
 733				break;
 734		}
 735	} else {
 736		ret = phy_request_driver_module(dev, phy_id);
 737	}
 738
 739	if (ret) {
 740		put_device(&mdiodev->dev);
 741		dev = ERR_PTR(ret);
 742	}
 743
 744	return dev;
 745}
 746EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_device_create);
 747
 748/* phy_c45_probe_present - checks to see if a MMD is present in the package
 749 * @bus: the target MII bus
 750 * @prtad: PHY package address on the MII bus
 751 * @devad: PHY device (MMD) address
 752 *
 753 * Read the MDIO_STAT2 register, and check whether a device is responding
 754 * at this address.
 755 *
 756 * Returns: negative error number on bus access error, zero if no device
 757 * is responding, or positive if a device is present.
 758 */
 759static int phy_c45_probe_present(struct mii_bus *bus, int prtad, int devad)
 760{
 761	int stat2;
 762
 763	stat2 = mdiobus_c45_read(bus, prtad, devad, MDIO_STAT2);
 764	if (stat2 < 0)
 765		return stat2;
 766
 767	return (stat2 & MDIO_STAT2_DEVPRST) == MDIO_STAT2_DEVPRST_VAL;
 768}
 769
 770/* get_phy_c45_devs_in_pkg - reads a MMD's devices in package registers.
 771 * @bus: the target MII bus
 772 * @addr: PHY address on the MII bus
 773 * @dev_addr: MMD address in the PHY.
 774 * @devices_in_package: where to store the devices in package information.
 775 *
 776 * Description: reads devices in package registers of a MMD at @dev_addr
 777 * from PHY at @addr on @bus.
 778 *
 779 * Returns: 0 on success, -EIO on failure.
 780 */
 781static int get_phy_c45_devs_in_pkg(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int dev_addr,
 782				   u32 *devices_in_package)
 783{
 784	int phy_reg;
 785
 786	phy_reg = mdiobus_c45_read(bus, addr, dev_addr, MDIO_DEVS2);
 787	if (phy_reg < 0)
 788		return -EIO;
 789	*devices_in_package = phy_reg << 16;
 790
 791	phy_reg = mdiobus_c45_read(bus, addr, dev_addr, MDIO_DEVS1);
 792	if (phy_reg < 0)
 793		return -EIO;
 794	*devices_in_package |= phy_reg;
 795
 796	return 0;
 797}
 798
 799/**
 800 * get_phy_c45_ids - reads the specified addr for its 802.3-c45 IDs.
 801 * @bus: the target MII bus
 802 * @addr: PHY address on the MII bus
 803 * @c45_ids: where to store the c45 ID information.
 804 *
 805 * Read the PHY "devices in package". If this appears to be valid, read
 806 * the PHY identifiers for each device. Return the "devices in package"
 807 * and identifiers in @c45_ids.
 808 *
 809 * Returns zero on success, %-EIO on bus access error, or %-ENODEV if
 810 * the "devices in package" is invalid or no device responds.
 811 */
 812static int get_phy_c45_ids(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr,
 813			   struct phy_c45_device_ids *c45_ids)
 814{
 815	const int num_ids = ARRAY_SIZE(c45_ids->device_ids);
 816	u32 devs_in_pkg = 0;
 817	int i, ret, phy_reg;
 818
 819	/* Find first non-zero Devices In package. Device zero is reserved
 820	 * for 802.3 c45 complied PHYs, so don't probe it at first.
 821	 */
 822	for (i = 1; i < MDIO_MMD_NUM && (devs_in_pkg == 0 ||
 823	     (devs_in_pkg & 0x1fffffff) == 0x1fffffff); i++) {
 824		if (i == MDIO_MMD_VEND1 || i == MDIO_MMD_VEND2) {
 825			/* Check that there is a device present at this
 826			 * address before reading the devices-in-package
 827			 * register to avoid reading garbage from the PHY.
 828			 * Some PHYs (88x3310) vendor space is not IEEE802.3
 829			 * compliant.
 830			 */
 831			ret = phy_c45_probe_present(bus, addr, i);
 832			if (ret < 0)
 833				/* returning -ENODEV doesn't stop bus
 834				 * scanning
 835				 */
 836				return (phy_reg == -EIO ||
 837					phy_reg == -ENODEV) ? -ENODEV : -EIO;
 838
 839			if (!ret)
 840				continue;
 841		}
 842		phy_reg = get_phy_c45_devs_in_pkg(bus, addr, i, &devs_in_pkg);
 843		if (phy_reg < 0)
 844			return -EIO;
 845	}
 846
 847	if ((devs_in_pkg & 0x1fffffff) == 0x1fffffff) {
 848		/* If mostly Fs, there is no device there, then let's probe
 849		 * MMD 0, as some 10G PHYs have zero Devices In package,
 850		 * e.g. Cortina CS4315/CS4340 PHY.
 851		 */
 852		phy_reg = get_phy_c45_devs_in_pkg(bus, addr, 0, &devs_in_pkg);
 853		if (phy_reg < 0)
 854			return -EIO;
 855
 856		/* no device there, let's get out of here */
 857		if ((devs_in_pkg & 0x1fffffff) == 0x1fffffff)
 858			return -ENODEV;
 859	}
 860
 861	/* Now probe Device Identifiers for each device present. */
 862	for (i = 1; i < num_ids; i++) {
 863		if (!(devs_in_pkg & (1 << i)))
 864			continue;
 865
 866		if (i == MDIO_MMD_VEND1 || i == MDIO_MMD_VEND2) {
 867			/* Probe the "Device Present" bits for the vendor MMDs
 868			 * to ignore these if they do not contain IEEE 802.3
 869			 * registers.
 870			 */
 871			ret = phy_c45_probe_present(bus, addr, i);
 872			if (ret < 0)
 873				return ret;
 874
 875			if (!ret)
 876				continue;
 877		}
 878
 879		phy_reg = mdiobus_c45_read(bus, addr, i, MII_PHYSID1);
 880		if (phy_reg < 0)
 881			return -EIO;
 882		c45_ids->device_ids[i] = phy_reg << 16;
 883
 884		phy_reg = mdiobus_c45_read(bus, addr, i, MII_PHYSID2);
 885		if (phy_reg < 0)
 886			return -EIO;
 887		c45_ids->device_ids[i] |= phy_reg;
 888	}
 889
 890	c45_ids->devices_in_package = devs_in_pkg;
 891	/* Bit 0 doesn't represent a device, it indicates c22 regs presence */
 892	c45_ids->mmds_present = devs_in_pkg & ~BIT(0);
 893
 894	return 0;
 895}
 896
 897/**
 898 * get_phy_c22_id - reads the specified addr for its clause 22 ID.
 899 * @bus: the target MII bus
 900 * @addr: PHY address on the MII bus
 901 * @phy_id: where to store the ID retrieved.
 902 *
 903 * Read the 802.3 clause 22 PHY ID from the PHY at @addr on the @bus,
 904 * placing it in @phy_id. Return zero on successful read and the ID is
 905 * valid, %-EIO on bus access error, or %-ENODEV if no device responds
 906 * or invalid ID.
 907 */
 908static int get_phy_c22_id(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, u32 *phy_id)
 909{
 910	int phy_reg;
 911
 912	/* Grab the bits from PHYIR1, and put them in the upper half */
 913	phy_reg = mdiobus_read(bus, addr, MII_PHYSID1);
 914	if (phy_reg < 0) {
 915		/* returning -ENODEV doesn't stop bus scanning */
 916		return (phy_reg == -EIO || phy_reg == -ENODEV) ? -ENODEV : -EIO;
 917	}
 918
 919	*phy_id = phy_reg << 16;
 920
 921	/* Grab the bits from PHYIR2, and put them in the lower half */
 922	phy_reg = mdiobus_read(bus, addr, MII_PHYSID2);
 923	if (phy_reg < 0) {
 924		/* returning -ENODEV doesn't stop bus scanning */
 925		return (phy_reg == -EIO || phy_reg == -ENODEV) ? -ENODEV : -EIO;
 926	}
 927
 928	*phy_id |= phy_reg;
 929
 930	/* If the phy_id is mostly Fs, there is no device there */
 931	if ((*phy_id & 0x1fffffff) == 0x1fffffff)
 932		return -ENODEV;
 933
 934	return 0;
 935}
 936
 937/* Extract the phy ID from the compatible string of the form
 938 * ethernet-phy-idAAAA.BBBB.
 939 */
 940int fwnode_get_phy_id(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode, u32 *phy_id)
 941{
 942	unsigned int upper, lower;
 943	const char *cp;
 944	int ret;
 945
 946	ret = fwnode_property_read_string(fwnode, "compatible", &cp);
 947	if (ret)
 948		return ret;
 949
 950	if (sscanf(cp, "ethernet-phy-id%4x.%4x", &upper, &lower) != 2)
 951		return -EINVAL;
 952
 953	*phy_id = ((upper & GENMASK(15, 0)) << 16) | (lower & GENMASK(15, 0));
 954	return 0;
 955}
 956EXPORT_SYMBOL(fwnode_get_phy_id);
 957
 958/**
 959 * get_phy_device - reads the specified PHY device and returns its @phy_device
 960 *		    struct
 961 * @bus: the target MII bus
 962 * @addr: PHY address on the MII bus
 963 * @is_c45: If true the PHY uses the 802.3 clause 45 protocol
 964 *
 965 * Probe for a PHY at @addr on @bus.
 966 *
 967 * When probing for a clause 22 PHY, then read the ID registers. If we find
 968 * a valid ID, allocate and return a &struct phy_device.
 969 *
 970 * When probing for a clause 45 PHY, read the "devices in package" registers.
 971 * If the "devices in package" appears valid, read the ID registers for each
 972 * MMD, allocate and return a &struct phy_device.
 973 *
 974 * Returns an allocated &struct phy_device on success, %-ENODEV if there is
 975 * no PHY present, or %-EIO on bus access error.
 976 */
 977struct phy_device *get_phy_device(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, bool is_c45)
 978{
 979	struct phy_c45_device_ids c45_ids;
 980	u32 phy_id = 0;
 981	int r;
 982
 983	c45_ids.devices_in_package = 0;
 984	c45_ids.mmds_present = 0;
 985	memset(c45_ids.device_ids, 0xff, sizeof(c45_ids.device_ids));
 986
 987	if (is_c45)
 988		r = get_phy_c45_ids(bus, addr, &c45_ids);
 989	else
 990		r = get_phy_c22_id(bus, addr, &phy_id);
 991
 992	if (r)
 993		return ERR_PTR(r);
 994
 995	/* PHY device such as the Marvell Alaska 88E2110 will return a PHY ID
 996	 * of 0 when probed using get_phy_c22_id() with no error. Proceed to
 997	 * probe with C45 to see if we're able to get a valid PHY ID in the C45
 998	 * space, if successful, create the C45 PHY device.
 999	 */
1000	if (!is_c45 && phy_id == 0 && bus->read_c45) {
1001		r = get_phy_c45_ids(bus, addr, &c45_ids);
1002		if (!r)
1003			return phy_device_create(bus, addr, phy_id,
1004						 true, &c45_ids);
1005	}
1006
1007	return phy_device_create(bus, addr, phy_id, is_c45, &c45_ids);
1008}
1009EXPORT_SYMBOL(get_phy_device);
1010
1011/**
1012 * phy_device_register - Register the phy device on the MDIO bus
1013 * @phydev: phy_device structure to be added to the MDIO bus
1014 */
1015int phy_device_register(struct phy_device *phydev)
1016{
1017	int err;
1018
1019	err = mdiobus_register_device(&phydev->mdio);
1020	if (err)
1021		return err;
1022
1023	/* Deassert the reset signal */
1024	phy_device_reset(phydev, 0);
1025
1026	/* Run all of the fixups for this PHY */
1027	err = phy_scan_fixups(phydev);
1028	if (err) {
1029		phydev_err(phydev, "failed to initialize\n");
1030		goto out;
1031	}
1032
1033	err = device_add(&phydev->mdio.dev);
1034	if (err) {
1035		phydev_err(phydev, "failed to add\n");
1036		goto out;
1037	}
1038
1039	return 0;
1040
1041 out:
1042	/* Assert the reset signal */
1043	phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
1044
1045	mdiobus_unregister_device(&phydev->mdio);
1046	return err;
1047}
1048EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_device_register);
1049
1050/**
1051 * phy_device_remove - Remove a previously registered phy device from the MDIO bus
1052 * @phydev: phy_device structure to remove
1053 *
1054 * This doesn't free the phy_device itself, it merely reverses the effects
1055 * of phy_device_register(). Use phy_device_free() to free the device
1056 * after calling this function.
1057 */
1058void phy_device_remove(struct phy_device *phydev)
1059{
1060	unregister_mii_timestamper(phydev->mii_ts);
1061	pse_control_put(phydev->psec);
1062
1063	device_del(&phydev->mdio.dev);
1064
1065	/* Assert the reset signal */
1066	phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
1067
1068	mdiobus_unregister_device(&phydev->mdio);
1069}
1070EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_device_remove);
1071
1072/**
1073 * phy_get_c45_ids - Read 802.3-c45 IDs for phy device.
1074 * @phydev: phy_device structure to read 802.3-c45 IDs
1075 *
1076 * Returns zero on success, %-EIO on bus access error, or %-ENODEV if
1077 * the "devices in package" is invalid.
1078 */
1079int phy_get_c45_ids(struct phy_device *phydev)
1080{
1081	return get_phy_c45_ids(phydev->mdio.bus, phydev->mdio.addr,
1082			       &phydev->c45_ids);
1083}
1084EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_get_c45_ids);
1085
1086/**
1087 * phy_find_first - finds the first PHY device on the bus
1088 * @bus: the target MII bus
1089 */
1090struct phy_device *phy_find_first(struct mii_bus *bus)
1091{
1092	struct phy_device *phydev;
1093	int addr;
1094
1095	for (addr = 0; addr < PHY_MAX_ADDR; addr++) {
1096		phydev = mdiobus_get_phy(bus, addr);
1097		if (phydev)
1098			return phydev;
1099	}
1100	return NULL;
1101}
1102EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_find_first);
1103
1104static void phy_link_change(struct phy_device *phydev, bool up)
1105{
1106	struct net_device *netdev = phydev->attached_dev;
1107
1108	if (up)
1109		netif_carrier_on(netdev);
1110	else
1111		netif_carrier_off(netdev);
1112	phydev->adjust_link(netdev);
1113	if (phydev->mii_ts && phydev->mii_ts->link_state)
1114		phydev->mii_ts->link_state(phydev->mii_ts, phydev);
1115}
1116
1117/**
1118 * phy_prepare_link - prepares the PHY layer to monitor link status
1119 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1120 * @handler: callback function for link status change notifications
1121 *
1122 * Description: Tells the PHY infrastructure to handle the
1123 *   gory details on monitoring link status (whether through
1124 *   polling or an interrupt), and to call back to the
1125 *   connected device driver when the link status changes.
1126 *   If you want to monitor your own link state, don't call
1127 *   this function.
1128 */
1129static void phy_prepare_link(struct phy_device *phydev,
1130			     void (*handler)(struct net_device *))
1131{
1132	phydev->adjust_link = handler;
1133}
1134
1135/**
1136 * phy_connect_direct - connect an ethernet device to a specific phy_device
1137 * @dev: the network device to connect
1138 * @phydev: the pointer to the phy device
1139 * @handler: callback function for state change notifications
1140 * @interface: PHY device's interface
1141 */
1142int phy_connect_direct(struct net_device *dev, struct phy_device *phydev,
1143		       void (*handler)(struct net_device *),
1144		       phy_interface_t interface)
1145{
1146	int rc;
1147
1148	if (!dev)
1149		return -EINVAL;
1150
1151	rc = phy_attach_direct(dev, phydev, phydev->dev_flags, interface);
1152	if (rc)
1153		return rc;
1154
1155	phy_prepare_link(phydev, handler);
1156	if (phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev))
1157		phy_request_interrupt(phydev);
1158
1159	return 0;
1160}
1161EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_connect_direct);
1162
1163/**
1164 * phy_connect - connect an ethernet device to a PHY device
1165 * @dev: the network device to connect
1166 * @bus_id: the id string of the PHY device to connect
1167 * @handler: callback function for state change notifications
1168 * @interface: PHY device's interface
1169 *
1170 * Description: Convenience function for connecting ethernet
1171 *   devices to PHY devices.  The default behavior is for
1172 *   the PHY infrastructure to handle everything, and only notify
1173 *   the connected driver when the link status changes.  If you
1174 *   don't want, or can't use the provided functionality, you may
1175 *   choose to call only the subset of functions which provide
1176 *   the desired functionality.
1177 */
1178struct phy_device *phy_connect(struct net_device *dev, const char *bus_id,
1179			       void (*handler)(struct net_device *),
1180			       phy_interface_t interface)
1181{
1182	struct phy_device *phydev;
1183	struct device *d;
1184	int rc;
1185
1186	/* Search the list of PHY devices on the mdio bus for the
1187	 * PHY with the requested name
1188	 */
1189	d = bus_find_device_by_name(&mdio_bus_type, NULL, bus_id);
1190	if (!d) {
1191		pr_err("PHY %s not found\n", bus_id);
1192		return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
1193	}
1194	phydev = to_phy_device(d);
1195
1196	rc = phy_connect_direct(dev, phydev, handler, interface);
1197	put_device(d);
1198	if (rc)
1199		return ERR_PTR(rc);
1200
1201	return phydev;
1202}
1203EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_connect);
1204
1205/**
1206 * phy_disconnect - disable interrupts, stop state machine, and detach a PHY
1207 *		    device
1208 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1209 */
1210void phy_disconnect(struct phy_device *phydev)
1211{
1212	if (phy_is_started(phydev))
1213		phy_stop(phydev);
1214
1215	if (phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev))
1216		phy_free_interrupt(phydev);
1217
1218	phydev->adjust_link = NULL;
1219
1220	phy_detach(phydev);
1221}
1222EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_disconnect);
1223
1224/**
1225 * phy_poll_reset - Safely wait until a PHY reset has properly completed
1226 * @phydev: The PHY device to poll
1227 *
1228 * Description: According to IEEE 802.3, Section 2, Subsection 22.2.4.1.1, as
1229 *   published in 2008, a PHY reset may take up to 0.5 seconds.  The MII BMCR
1230 *   register must be polled until the BMCR_RESET bit clears.
1231 *
1232 *   Furthermore, any attempts to write to PHY registers may have no effect
1233 *   or even generate MDIO bus errors until this is complete.
1234 *
1235 *   Some PHYs (such as the Marvell 88E1111) don't entirely conform to the
1236 *   standard and do not fully reset after the BMCR_RESET bit is set, and may
1237 *   even *REQUIRE* a soft-reset to properly restart autonegotiation.  In an
1238 *   effort to support such broken PHYs, this function is separate from the
1239 *   standard phy_init_hw() which will zero all the other bits in the BMCR
1240 *   and reapply all driver-specific and board-specific fixups.
1241 */
1242static int phy_poll_reset(struct phy_device *phydev)
1243{
1244	/* Poll until the reset bit clears (50ms per retry == 0.6 sec) */
1245	int ret, val;
1246
1247	ret = phy_read_poll_timeout(phydev, MII_BMCR, val, !(val & BMCR_RESET),
1248				    50000, 600000, true);
1249	if (ret)
1250		return ret;
1251	/* Some chips (smsc911x) may still need up to another 1ms after the
1252	 * BMCR_RESET bit is cleared before they are usable.
1253	 */
1254	msleep(1);
1255	return 0;
1256}
1257
1258int phy_init_hw(struct phy_device *phydev)
1259{
1260	int ret = 0;
1261
1262	/* Deassert the reset signal */
1263	phy_device_reset(phydev, 0);
1264
1265	if (!phydev->drv)
1266		return 0;
1267
1268	if (phydev->drv->soft_reset) {
1269		ret = phydev->drv->soft_reset(phydev);
1270		if (ret < 0)
1271			return ret;
1272
1273		/* see comment in genphy_soft_reset for an explanation */
1274		phydev->suspended = 0;
1275	}
1276
1277	ret = phy_scan_fixups(phydev);
1278	if (ret < 0)
1279		return ret;
1280
1281	phy_interface_zero(phydev->possible_interfaces);
1282
1283	if (phydev->drv->config_init) {
1284		ret = phydev->drv->config_init(phydev);
1285		if (ret < 0)
1286			return ret;
1287	}
1288
1289	if (phydev->drv->config_intr) {
1290		ret = phydev->drv->config_intr(phydev);
1291		if (ret < 0)
1292			return ret;
1293	}
1294
1295	return 0;
1296}
1297EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_init_hw);
1298
1299void phy_attached_info(struct phy_device *phydev)
1300{
1301	phy_attached_print(phydev, NULL);
1302}
1303EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_attached_info);
1304
1305#define ATTACHED_FMT "attached PHY driver %s(mii_bus:phy_addr=%s, irq=%s)"
1306char *phy_attached_info_irq(struct phy_device *phydev)
1307{
1308	char *irq_str;
1309	char irq_num[8];
1310
1311	switch(phydev->irq) {
1312	case PHY_POLL:
1313		irq_str = "POLL";
1314		break;
1315	case PHY_MAC_INTERRUPT:
1316		irq_str = "MAC";
1317		break;
1318	default:
1319		snprintf(irq_num, sizeof(irq_num), "%d", phydev->irq);
1320		irq_str = irq_num;
1321		break;
1322	}
1323
1324	return kasprintf(GFP_KERNEL, "%s", irq_str);
1325}
1326EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_attached_info_irq);
1327
1328void phy_attached_print(struct phy_device *phydev, const char *fmt, ...)
1329{
1330	const char *unbound = phydev->drv ? "" : "[unbound] ";
1331	char *irq_str = phy_attached_info_irq(phydev);
1332
1333	if (!fmt) {
1334		phydev_info(phydev, ATTACHED_FMT "\n", unbound,
1335			    phydev_name(phydev), irq_str);
1336	} else {
1337		va_list ap;
1338
1339		phydev_info(phydev, ATTACHED_FMT, unbound,
1340			    phydev_name(phydev), irq_str);
1341
1342		va_start(ap, fmt);
1343		vprintk(fmt, ap);
1344		va_end(ap);
1345	}
1346	kfree(irq_str);
1347}
1348EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_attached_print);
1349
1350static void phy_sysfs_create_links(struct phy_device *phydev)
1351{
1352	struct net_device *dev = phydev->attached_dev;
1353	int err;
1354
1355	if (!dev)
1356		return;
1357
1358	err = sysfs_create_link(&phydev->mdio.dev.kobj, &dev->dev.kobj,
1359				"attached_dev");
1360	if (err)
1361		return;
1362
1363	err = sysfs_create_link_nowarn(&dev->dev.kobj,
1364				       &phydev->mdio.dev.kobj,
1365				       "phydev");
1366	if (err) {
1367		dev_err(&dev->dev, "could not add device link to %s err %d\n",
1368			kobject_name(&phydev->mdio.dev.kobj),
1369			err);
1370		/* non-fatal - some net drivers can use one netdevice
1371		 * with more then one phy
1372		 */
1373	}
1374
1375	phydev->sysfs_links = true;
1376}
1377
1378static ssize_t
1379phy_standalone_show(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
1380		    char *buf)
1381{
1382	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
1383
1384	return sysfs_emit(buf, "%d\n", !phydev->attached_dev);
1385}
1386static DEVICE_ATTR_RO(phy_standalone);
1387
1388/**
1389 * phy_sfp_connect_phy - Connect the SFP module's PHY to the upstream PHY
1390 * @upstream: pointer to the upstream phy device
1391 * @phy: pointer to the SFP module's phy device
1392 *
1393 * This helper allows keeping track of PHY devices on the link. It adds the
1394 * SFP module's phy to the phy namespace of the upstream phy
1395 *
1396 * Return: 0 on success, otherwise a negative error code.
1397 */
1398int phy_sfp_connect_phy(void *upstream, struct phy_device *phy)
1399{
1400	struct phy_device *phydev = upstream;
1401	struct net_device *dev = phydev->attached_dev;
1402
1403	if (dev)
1404		return phy_link_topo_add_phy(dev, phy, PHY_UPSTREAM_PHY, phydev);
1405
1406	return 0;
1407}
1408EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_sfp_connect_phy);
1409
1410/**
1411 * phy_sfp_disconnect_phy - Disconnect the SFP module's PHY from the upstream PHY
1412 * @upstream: pointer to the upstream phy device
1413 * @phy: pointer to the SFP module's phy device
1414 *
1415 * This helper allows keeping track of PHY devices on the link. It removes the
1416 * SFP module's phy to the phy namespace of the upstream phy. As the module phy
1417 * will be destroyed, re-inserting the same module will add a new phy with a
1418 * new index.
1419 */
1420void phy_sfp_disconnect_phy(void *upstream, struct phy_device *phy)
1421{
1422	struct phy_device *phydev = upstream;
1423	struct net_device *dev = phydev->attached_dev;
1424
1425	if (dev)
1426		phy_link_topo_del_phy(dev, phy);
1427}
1428EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_sfp_disconnect_phy);
1429
1430/**
1431 * phy_sfp_attach - attach the SFP bus to the PHY upstream network device
1432 * @upstream: pointer to the phy device
1433 * @bus: sfp bus representing cage being attached
1434 *
1435 * This is used to fill in the sfp_upstream_ops .attach member.
1436 */
1437void phy_sfp_attach(void *upstream, struct sfp_bus *bus)
1438{
1439	struct phy_device *phydev = upstream;
1440
1441	if (phydev->attached_dev)
1442		phydev->attached_dev->sfp_bus = bus;
1443	phydev->sfp_bus_attached = true;
1444}
1445EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_sfp_attach);
1446
1447/**
1448 * phy_sfp_detach - detach the SFP bus from the PHY upstream network device
1449 * @upstream: pointer to the phy device
1450 * @bus: sfp bus representing cage being attached
1451 *
1452 * This is used to fill in the sfp_upstream_ops .detach member.
1453 */
1454void phy_sfp_detach(void *upstream, struct sfp_bus *bus)
1455{
1456	struct phy_device *phydev = upstream;
1457
1458	if (phydev->attached_dev)
1459		phydev->attached_dev->sfp_bus = NULL;
1460	phydev->sfp_bus_attached = false;
1461}
1462EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_sfp_detach);
1463
1464/**
1465 * phy_sfp_probe - probe for a SFP cage attached to this PHY device
1466 * @phydev: Pointer to phy_device
1467 * @ops: SFP's upstream operations
1468 */
1469int phy_sfp_probe(struct phy_device *phydev,
1470		  const struct sfp_upstream_ops *ops)
1471{
1472	struct sfp_bus *bus;
1473	int ret = 0;
1474
1475	if (phydev->mdio.dev.fwnode) {
1476		bus = sfp_bus_find_fwnode(phydev->mdio.dev.fwnode);
1477		if (IS_ERR(bus))
1478			return PTR_ERR(bus);
1479
1480		phydev->sfp_bus = bus;
1481
1482		ret = sfp_bus_add_upstream(bus, phydev, ops);
1483		sfp_bus_put(bus);
1484	}
1485	return ret;
1486}
1487EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_sfp_probe);
1488
1489static bool phy_drv_supports_irq(const struct phy_driver *phydrv)
1490{
1491	return phydrv->config_intr && phydrv->handle_interrupt;
1492}
1493
1494/**
1495 * phy_attach_direct - attach a network device to a given PHY device pointer
1496 * @dev: network device to attach
1497 * @phydev: Pointer to phy_device to attach
1498 * @flags: PHY device's dev_flags
1499 * @interface: PHY device's interface
1500 *
1501 * Description: Called by drivers to attach to a particular PHY
1502 *     device. The phy_device is found, and properly hooked up
1503 *     to the phy_driver.  If no driver is attached, then a
1504 *     generic driver is used.  The phy_device is given a ptr to
1505 *     the attaching device, and given a callback for link status
1506 *     change.  The phy_device is returned to the attaching driver.
1507 *     This function takes a reference on the phy device.
1508 */
1509int phy_attach_direct(struct net_device *dev, struct phy_device *phydev,
1510		      u32 flags, phy_interface_t interface)
1511{
1512	struct mii_bus *bus = phydev->mdio.bus;
1513	struct device *d = &phydev->mdio.dev;
1514	struct module *ndev_owner = NULL;
1515	bool using_genphy = false;
1516	int err;
1517
1518	/* For Ethernet device drivers that register their own MDIO bus, we
1519	 * will have bus->owner match ndev_mod, so we do not want to increment
1520	 * our own module->refcnt here, otherwise we would not be able to
1521	 * unload later on.
1522	 */
1523	if (dev)
1524		ndev_owner = dev->dev.parent->driver->owner;
1525	if (ndev_owner != bus->owner && !try_module_get(bus->owner)) {
1526		phydev_err(phydev, "failed to get the bus module\n");
1527		return -EIO;
1528	}
1529
1530	get_device(d);
1531
1532	/* Assume that if there is no driver, that it doesn't
1533	 * exist, and we should use the genphy driver.
1534	 */
1535	if (!d->driver) {
1536		if (phydev->is_c45)
1537			d->driver = &genphy_c45_driver.mdiodrv.driver;
1538		else
1539			d->driver = &genphy_driver.mdiodrv.driver;
1540
1541		using_genphy = true;
1542	}
1543
1544	if (!try_module_get(d->driver->owner)) {
1545		phydev_err(phydev, "failed to get the device driver module\n");
1546		err = -EIO;
1547		goto error_put_device;
1548	}
1549
1550	if (using_genphy) {
1551		err = d->driver->probe(d);
1552		if (err >= 0)
1553			err = device_bind_driver(d);
1554
1555		if (err)
1556			goto error_module_put;
1557	}
1558
1559	if (phydev->attached_dev) {
1560		dev_err(&dev->dev, "PHY already attached\n");
1561		err = -EBUSY;
1562		goto error;
1563	}
1564
1565	phydev->phy_link_change = phy_link_change;
1566	if (dev) {
1567		phydev->attached_dev = dev;
1568		dev->phydev = phydev;
1569
1570		if (phydev->sfp_bus_attached)
1571			dev->sfp_bus = phydev->sfp_bus;
1572
1573		err = phy_link_topo_add_phy(dev, phydev, PHY_UPSTREAM_MAC, dev);
1574		if (err)
1575			goto error;
1576	}
1577
1578	/* Some Ethernet drivers try to connect to a PHY device before
1579	 * calling register_netdevice() -> netdev_register_kobject() and
1580	 * does the dev->dev.kobj initialization. Here we only check for
1581	 * success which indicates that the network device kobject is
1582	 * ready. Once we do that we still need to keep track of whether
1583	 * links were successfully set up or not for phy_detach() to
1584	 * remove them accordingly.
1585	 */
1586	phydev->sysfs_links = false;
1587
1588	phy_sysfs_create_links(phydev);
1589
1590	if (!phydev->attached_dev) {
1591		err = sysfs_create_file(&phydev->mdio.dev.kobj,
1592					&dev_attr_phy_standalone.attr);
1593		if (err)
1594			phydev_err(phydev, "error creating 'phy_standalone' sysfs entry\n");
1595	}
1596
1597	phydev->dev_flags |= flags;
1598
1599	phydev->interface = interface;
1600
1601	phydev->state = PHY_READY;
1602
1603	phydev->interrupts = PHY_INTERRUPT_DISABLED;
1604
1605	/* PHYs can request to use poll mode even though they have an
1606	 * associated interrupt line. This could be the case if they
1607	 * detect a broken interrupt handling.
1608	 */
1609	if (phydev->dev_flags & PHY_F_NO_IRQ)
1610		phydev->irq = PHY_POLL;
1611
1612	if (!phy_drv_supports_irq(phydev->drv) && phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev))
1613		phydev->irq = PHY_POLL;
1614
1615	/* Port is set to PORT_TP by default and the actual PHY driver will set
1616	 * it to different value depending on the PHY configuration. If we have
1617	 * the generic PHY driver we can't figure it out, thus set the old
1618	 * legacy PORT_MII value.
1619	 */
1620	if (using_genphy)
1621		phydev->port = PORT_MII;
1622
1623	/* Initial carrier state is off as the phy is about to be
1624	 * (re)initialized.
1625	 */
1626	if (dev)
1627		netif_carrier_off(phydev->attached_dev);
1628
1629	/* Do initial configuration here, now that
1630	 * we have certain key parameters
1631	 * (dev_flags and interface)
1632	 */
1633	err = phy_init_hw(phydev);
1634	if (err)
1635		goto error;
1636
1637	phy_resume(phydev);
1638	if (!phydev->is_on_sfp_module)
1639		phy_led_triggers_register(phydev);
1640
1641	/**
1642	 * If the external phy used by current mac interface is managed by
1643	 * another mac interface, so we should create a device link between
1644	 * phy dev and mac dev.
1645	 */
1646	if (dev && phydev->mdio.bus->parent && dev->dev.parent != phydev->mdio.bus->parent)
1647		phydev->devlink = device_link_add(dev->dev.parent, &phydev->mdio.dev,
1648						  DL_FLAG_PM_RUNTIME | DL_FLAG_STATELESS);
1649
1650	return err;
1651
1652error:
1653	/* phy_detach() does all of the cleanup below */
1654	phy_detach(phydev);
1655	return err;
1656
1657error_module_put:
1658	module_put(d->driver->owner);
1659	d->driver = NULL;
1660error_put_device:
1661	put_device(d);
1662	if (ndev_owner != bus->owner)
1663		module_put(bus->owner);
1664	return err;
1665}
1666EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_attach_direct);
1667
1668/**
1669 * phy_attach - attach a network device to a particular PHY device
1670 * @dev: network device to attach
1671 * @bus_id: Bus ID of PHY device to attach
1672 * @interface: PHY device's interface
1673 *
1674 * Description: Same as phy_attach_direct() except that a PHY bus_id
1675 *     string is passed instead of a pointer to a struct phy_device.
1676 */
1677struct phy_device *phy_attach(struct net_device *dev, const char *bus_id,
1678			      phy_interface_t interface)
1679{
1680	struct phy_device *phydev;
1681	struct device *d;
1682	int rc;
1683
1684	if (!dev)
1685		return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
1686
1687	/* Search the list of PHY devices on the mdio bus for the
1688	 * PHY with the requested name
1689	 */
1690	d = bus_find_device_by_name(&mdio_bus_type, NULL, bus_id);
1691	if (!d) {
1692		pr_err("PHY %s not found\n", bus_id);
1693		return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
1694	}
1695	phydev = to_phy_device(d);
1696
1697	rc = phy_attach_direct(dev, phydev, phydev->dev_flags, interface);
1698	put_device(d);
1699	if (rc)
1700		return ERR_PTR(rc);
1701
1702	return phydev;
1703}
1704EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_attach);
1705
1706static bool phy_driver_is_genphy_kind(struct phy_device *phydev,
1707				      struct device_driver *driver)
1708{
1709	struct device *d = &phydev->mdio.dev;
1710	bool ret = false;
1711
1712	if (!phydev->drv)
1713		return ret;
1714
1715	get_device(d);
1716	ret = d->driver == driver;
1717	put_device(d);
1718
1719	return ret;
1720}
1721
1722bool phy_driver_is_genphy(struct phy_device *phydev)
1723{
1724	return phy_driver_is_genphy_kind(phydev,
1725					 &genphy_driver.mdiodrv.driver);
1726}
1727EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_driver_is_genphy);
1728
1729bool phy_driver_is_genphy_10g(struct phy_device *phydev)
1730{
1731	return phy_driver_is_genphy_kind(phydev,
1732					 &genphy_c45_driver.mdiodrv.driver);
1733}
1734EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_driver_is_genphy_10g);
1735
1736/**
1737 * phy_package_join - join a common PHY group
1738 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1739 * @base_addr: cookie and base PHY address of PHY package for offset
1740 *   calculation of global register access
1741 * @priv_size: if non-zero allocate this amount of bytes for private data
1742 *
1743 * This joins a PHY group and provides a shared storage for all phydevs in
1744 * this group. This is intended to be used for packages which contain
1745 * more than one PHY, for example a quad PHY transceiver.
1746 *
1747 * The base_addr parameter serves as cookie which has to have the same values
1748 * for all members of one group and as the base PHY address of the PHY package
1749 * for offset calculation to access generic registers of a PHY package.
1750 * Usually, one of the PHY addresses of the different PHYs in the package
1751 * provides access to these global registers.
1752 * The address which is given here, will be used in the phy_package_read()
1753 * and phy_package_write() convenience functions as base and added to the
1754 * passed offset in those functions.
1755 *
1756 * This will set the shared pointer of the phydev to the shared storage.
1757 * If this is the first call for a this cookie the shared storage will be
1758 * allocated. If priv_size is non-zero, the given amount of bytes are
1759 * allocated for the priv member.
1760 *
1761 * Returns < 1 on error, 0 on success. Esp. calling phy_package_join()
1762 * with the same cookie but a different priv_size is an error.
1763 */
1764int phy_package_join(struct phy_device *phydev, int base_addr, size_t priv_size)
1765{
1766	struct mii_bus *bus = phydev->mdio.bus;
1767	struct phy_package_shared *shared;
1768	int ret;
1769
1770	if (base_addr < 0 || base_addr >= PHY_MAX_ADDR)
1771		return -EINVAL;
1772
1773	mutex_lock(&bus->shared_lock);
1774	shared = bus->shared[base_addr];
1775	if (!shared) {
1776		ret = -ENOMEM;
1777		shared = kzalloc(sizeof(*shared), GFP_KERNEL);
1778		if (!shared)
1779			goto err_unlock;
1780		if (priv_size) {
1781			shared->priv = kzalloc(priv_size, GFP_KERNEL);
1782			if (!shared->priv)
1783				goto err_free;
1784			shared->priv_size = priv_size;
1785		}
1786		shared->base_addr = base_addr;
1787		shared->np = NULL;
1788		refcount_set(&shared->refcnt, 1);
1789		bus->shared[base_addr] = shared;
1790	} else {
1791		ret = -EINVAL;
1792		if (priv_size && priv_size != shared->priv_size)
1793			goto err_unlock;
1794		refcount_inc(&shared->refcnt);
1795	}
1796	mutex_unlock(&bus->shared_lock);
1797
1798	phydev->shared = shared;
1799
1800	return 0;
1801
1802err_free:
1803	kfree(shared);
1804err_unlock:
1805	mutex_unlock(&bus->shared_lock);
1806	return ret;
1807}
1808EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_package_join);
1809
1810/**
1811 * of_phy_package_join - join a common PHY group in PHY package
1812 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1813 * @priv_size: if non-zero allocate this amount of bytes for private data
1814 *
1815 * This is a variant of phy_package_join for PHY package defined in DT.
1816 *
1817 * The parent node of the @phydev is checked as a valid PHY package node
1818 * structure (by matching the node name "ethernet-phy-package") and the
1819 * base_addr for the PHY package is passed to phy_package_join.
1820 *
1821 * With this configuration the shared struct will also have the np value
1822 * filled to use additional DT defined properties in PHY specific
1823 * probe_once and config_init_once PHY package OPs.
1824 *
1825 * Returns < 0 on error, 0 on success. Esp. calling phy_package_join()
1826 * with the same cookie but a different priv_size is an error. Or a parent
1827 * node is not detected or is not valid or doesn't match the expected node
1828 * name for PHY package.
1829 */
1830int of_phy_package_join(struct phy_device *phydev, size_t priv_size)
1831{
1832	struct device_node *node = phydev->mdio.dev.of_node;
1833	struct device_node *package_node;
1834	u32 base_addr;
1835	int ret;
1836
1837	if (!node)
1838		return -EINVAL;
1839
1840	package_node = of_get_parent(node);
1841	if (!package_node)
1842		return -EINVAL;
1843
1844	if (!of_node_name_eq(package_node, "ethernet-phy-package")) {
1845		ret = -EINVAL;
1846		goto exit;
1847	}
1848
1849	if (of_property_read_u32(package_node, "reg", &base_addr)) {
1850		ret = -EINVAL;
1851		goto exit;
1852	}
1853
1854	ret = phy_package_join(phydev, base_addr, priv_size);
1855	if (ret)
1856		goto exit;
1857
1858	phydev->shared->np = package_node;
1859
1860	return 0;
1861exit:
1862	of_node_put(package_node);
1863	return ret;
1864}
1865EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(of_phy_package_join);
1866
1867/**
1868 * phy_package_leave - leave a common PHY group
1869 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1870 *
1871 * This leaves a PHY group created by phy_package_join(). If this phydev
1872 * was the last user of the shared data between the group, this data is
1873 * freed. Resets the phydev->shared pointer to NULL.
1874 */
1875void phy_package_leave(struct phy_device *phydev)
1876{
1877	struct phy_package_shared *shared = phydev->shared;
1878	struct mii_bus *bus = phydev->mdio.bus;
1879
1880	if (!shared)
1881		return;
1882
1883	/* Decrease the node refcount on leave if present */
1884	if (shared->np)
1885		of_node_put(shared->np);
1886
1887	if (refcount_dec_and_mutex_lock(&shared->refcnt, &bus->shared_lock)) {
1888		bus->shared[shared->base_addr] = NULL;
1889		mutex_unlock(&bus->shared_lock);
1890		kfree(shared->priv);
1891		kfree(shared);
1892	}
1893
1894	phydev->shared = NULL;
1895}
1896EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_package_leave);
1897
1898static void devm_phy_package_leave(struct device *dev, void *res)
1899{
1900	phy_package_leave(*(struct phy_device **)res);
1901}
1902
1903/**
1904 * devm_phy_package_join - resource managed phy_package_join()
1905 * @dev: device that is registering this PHY package
1906 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1907 * @base_addr: cookie and base PHY address of PHY package for offset
1908 *   calculation of global register access
1909 * @priv_size: if non-zero allocate this amount of bytes for private data
1910 *
1911 * Managed phy_package_join(). Shared storage fetched by this function,
1912 * phy_package_leave() is automatically called on driver detach. See
1913 * phy_package_join() for more information.
1914 */
1915int devm_phy_package_join(struct device *dev, struct phy_device *phydev,
1916			  int base_addr, size_t priv_size)
1917{
1918	struct phy_device **ptr;
1919	int ret;
1920
1921	ptr = devres_alloc(devm_phy_package_leave, sizeof(*ptr),
1922			   GFP_KERNEL);
1923	if (!ptr)
1924		return -ENOMEM;
1925
1926	ret = phy_package_join(phydev, base_addr, priv_size);
1927
1928	if (!ret) {
1929		*ptr = phydev;
1930		devres_add(dev, ptr);
1931	} else {
1932		devres_free(ptr);
1933	}
1934
1935	return ret;
1936}
1937EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(devm_phy_package_join);
1938
1939/**
1940 * devm_of_phy_package_join - resource managed of_phy_package_join()
1941 * @dev: device that is registering this PHY package
1942 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1943 * @priv_size: if non-zero allocate this amount of bytes for private data
1944 *
1945 * Managed of_phy_package_join(). Shared storage fetched by this function,
1946 * phy_package_leave() is automatically called on driver detach. See
1947 * of_phy_package_join() for more information.
1948 */
1949int devm_of_phy_package_join(struct device *dev, struct phy_device *phydev,
1950			     size_t priv_size)
1951{
1952	struct phy_device **ptr;
1953	int ret;
1954
1955	ptr = devres_alloc(devm_phy_package_leave, sizeof(*ptr),
1956			   GFP_KERNEL);
1957	if (!ptr)
1958		return -ENOMEM;
1959
1960	ret = of_phy_package_join(phydev, priv_size);
1961
1962	if (!ret) {
1963		*ptr = phydev;
1964		devres_add(dev, ptr);
1965	} else {
1966		devres_free(ptr);
1967	}
1968
1969	return ret;
1970}
1971EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(devm_of_phy_package_join);
1972
1973/**
1974 * phy_detach - detach a PHY device from its network device
1975 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1976 *
1977 * This detaches the phy device from its network device and the phy
1978 * driver, and drops the reference count taken in phy_attach_direct().
1979 */
1980void phy_detach(struct phy_device *phydev)
1981{
1982	struct net_device *dev = phydev->attached_dev;
1983	struct module *ndev_owner = NULL;
1984	struct mii_bus *bus;
1985
1986	if (phydev->devlink)
1987		device_link_del(phydev->devlink);
1988
1989	if (phydev->sysfs_links) {
1990		if (dev)
1991			sysfs_remove_link(&dev->dev.kobj, "phydev");
1992		sysfs_remove_link(&phydev->mdio.dev.kobj, "attached_dev");
1993	}
1994
1995	if (!phydev->attached_dev)
1996		sysfs_remove_file(&phydev->mdio.dev.kobj,
1997				  &dev_attr_phy_standalone.attr);
1998
1999	phy_suspend(phydev);
2000	if (dev) {
2001		phydev->attached_dev->phydev = NULL;
2002		phydev->attached_dev = NULL;
2003		phy_link_topo_del_phy(dev, phydev);
2004	}
2005	phydev->phylink = NULL;
2006
2007	if (!phydev->is_on_sfp_module)
2008		phy_led_triggers_unregister(phydev);
2009
2010	if (phydev->mdio.dev.driver)
2011		module_put(phydev->mdio.dev.driver->owner);
2012
2013	/* If the device had no specific driver before (i.e. - it
2014	 * was using the generic driver), we unbind the device
2015	 * from the generic driver so that there's a chance a
2016	 * real driver could be loaded
2017	 */
2018	if (phy_driver_is_genphy(phydev) ||
2019	    phy_driver_is_genphy_10g(phydev))
2020		device_release_driver(&phydev->mdio.dev);
2021
2022	/* Assert the reset signal */
2023	phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
2024
2025	/*
2026	 * The phydev might go away on the put_device() below, so avoid
2027	 * a use-after-free bug by reading the underlying bus first.
2028	 */
2029	bus = phydev->mdio.bus;
2030
2031	put_device(&phydev->mdio.dev);
2032	if (dev)
2033		ndev_owner = dev->dev.parent->driver->owner;
2034	if (ndev_owner != bus->owner)
2035		module_put(bus->owner);
2036}
2037EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_detach);
2038
2039int phy_suspend(struct phy_device *phydev)
2040{
 
2041	struct net_device *netdev = phydev->attached_dev;
2042	const struct phy_driver *phydrv = phydev->drv;
2043	int ret;
2044
2045	if (phydev->suspended || !phydrv)
2046		return 0;
2047
2048	phydev->wol_enabled = phy_drv_wol_enabled(phydev) ||
2049			      (netdev && netdev->ethtool->wol_enabled);
2050	/* If the device has WOL enabled, we cannot suspend the PHY */
2051	if (phydev->wol_enabled && !(phydrv->flags & PHY_ALWAYS_CALL_SUSPEND))
2052		return -EBUSY;
2053
2054	if (!phydrv->suspend)
2055		return 0;
2056
2057	ret = phydrv->suspend(phydev);
2058	if (!ret)
2059		phydev->suspended = true;
2060
2061	return ret;
2062}
2063EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_suspend);
2064
2065int __phy_resume(struct phy_device *phydev)
2066{
2067	const struct phy_driver *phydrv = phydev->drv;
2068	int ret;
2069
2070	lockdep_assert_held(&phydev->lock);
2071
2072	if (!phydrv || !phydrv->resume)
2073		return 0;
2074
2075	ret = phydrv->resume(phydev);
2076	if (!ret)
2077		phydev->suspended = false;
2078
2079	return ret;
2080}
2081EXPORT_SYMBOL(__phy_resume);
2082
2083int phy_resume(struct phy_device *phydev)
2084{
2085	int ret;
2086
2087	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
2088	ret = __phy_resume(phydev);
2089	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
2090
2091	return ret;
2092}
2093EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_resume);
2094
2095int phy_loopback(struct phy_device *phydev, bool enable)
2096{
2097	int ret = 0;
2098
2099	if (!phydev->drv)
2100		return -EIO;
2101
2102	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
2103
2104	if (enable && phydev->loopback_enabled) {
2105		ret = -EBUSY;
2106		goto out;
2107	}
2108
2109	if (!enable && !phydev->loopback_enabled) {
2110		ret = -EINVAL;
2111		goto out;
2112	}
2113
2114	if (phydev->drv->set_loopback)
2115		ret = phydev->drv->set_loopback(phydev, enable);
2116	else
2117		ret = genphy_loopback(phydev, enable);
2118
2119	if (ret)
2120		goto out;
2121
2122	phydev->loopback_enabled = enable;
2123
2124out:
2125	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
2126	return ret;
2127}
2128EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_loopback);
2129
2130/**
2131 * phy_reset_after_clk_enable - perform a PHY reset if needed
2132 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2133 *
2134 * Description: Some PHYs are known to need a reset after their refclk was
2135 *   enabled. This function evaluates the flags and perform the reset if it's
2136 *   needed. Returns < 0 on error, 0 if the phy wasn't reset and 1 if the phy
2137 *   was reset.
2138 */
2139int phy_reset_after_clk_enable(struct phy_device *phydev)
2140{
2141	if (!phydev || !phydev->drv)
2142		return -ENODEV;
2143
2144	if (phydev->drv->flags & PHY_RST_AFTER_CLK_EN) {
2145		phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
2146		phy_device_reset(phydev, 0);
2147		return 1;
2148	}
2149
2150	return 0;
2151}
2152EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_reset_after_clk_enable);
2153
2154/* Generic PHY support and helper functions */
2155
2156/**
2157 * genphy_config_advert - sanitize and advertise auto-negotiation parameters
2158 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2159 * @advert: auto-negotiation parameters to advertise
2160 *
2161 * Description: Writes MII_ADVERTISE with the appropriate values,
2162 *   after sanitizing the values to make sure we only advertise
2163 *   what is supported.  Returns < 0 on error, 0 if the PHY's advertisement
2164 *   hasn't changed, and > 0 if it has changed.
2165 */
2166static int genphy_config_advert(struct phy_device *phydev,
2167				const unsigned long *advert)
2168{
2169	int err, bmsr, changed = 0;
2170	u32 adv;
2171
2172	adv = linkmode_adv_to_mii_adv_t(advert);
 
 
 
 
2173
2174	/* Setup standard advertisement */
2175	err = phy_modify_changed(phydev, MII_ADVERTISE,
2176				 ADVERTISE_ALL | ADVERTISE_100BASE4 |
2177				 ADVERTISE_PAUSE_CAP | ADVERTISE_PAUSE_ASYM,
2178				 adv);
2179	if (err < 0)
2180		return err;
2181	if (err > 0)
2182		changed = 1;
2183
2184	bmsr = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMSR);
2185	if (bmsr < 0)
2186		return bmsr;
2187
2188	/* Per 802.3-2008, Section 22.2.4.2.16 Extended status all
2189	 * 1000Mbits/sec capable PHYs shall have the BMSR_ESTATEN bit set to a
2190	 * logical 1.
2191	 */
2192	if (!(bmsr & BMSR_ESTATEN))
2193		return changed;
2194
2195	adv = linkmode_adv_to_mii_ctrl1000_t(advert);
2196
2197	err = phy_modify_changed(phydev, MII_CTRL1000,
2198				 ADVERTISE_1000FULL | ADVERTISE_1000HALF,
2199				 adv);
2200	if (err < 0)
2201		return err;
2202	if (err > 0)
2203		changed = 1;
2204
2205	return changed;
2206}
2207
2208/**
2209 * genphy_c37_config_advert - sanitize and advertise auto-negotiation parameters
2210 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2211 *
2212 * Description: Writes MII_ADVERTISE with the appropriate values,
2213 *   after sanitizing the values to make sure we only advertise
2214 *   what is supported.  Returns < 0 on error, 0 if the PHY's advertisement
2215 *   hasn't changed, and > 0 if it has changed. This function is intended
2216 *   for Clause 37 1000Base-X mode.
2217 */
2218static int genphy_c37_config_advert(struct phy_device *phydev)
2219{
2220	u16 adv = 0;
2221
2222	/* Only allow advertising what this PHY supports */
2223	linkmode_and(phydev->advertising, phydev->advertising,
2224		     phydev->supported);
2225
2226	if (linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseX_Full_BIT,
2227			      phydev->advertising))
2228		adv |= ADVERTISE_1000XFULL;
2229	if (linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT,
2230			      phydev->advertising))
2231		adv |= ADVERTISE_1000XPAUSE;
2232	if (linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT,
2233			      phydev->advertising))
2234		adv |= ADVERTISE_1000XPSE_ASYM;
2235
2236	return phy_modify_changed(phydev, MII_ADVERTISE,
2237				  ADVERTISE_1000XFULL | ADVERTISE_1000XPAUSE |
2238				  ADVERTISE_1000XHALF | ADVERTISE_1000XPSE_ASYM,
2239				  adv);
2240}
2241
2242/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2243 * genphy_setup_forced - configures/forces speed/duplex from @phydev
2244 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2245 *
2246 * Description: Configures MII_BMCR to force speed/duplex
2247 *   to the values in phydev. Assumes that the values are valid.
2248 *   Please see phy_sanitize_settings().
2249 */
2250int genphy_setup_forced(struct phy_device *phydev)
2251{
2252	u16 ctl;
2253
2254	phydev->pause = 0;
2255	phydev->asym_pause = 0;
2256
2257	ctl = mii_bmcr_encode_fixed(phydev->speed, phydev->duplex);
2258
2259	return phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR,
2260			  ~(BMCR_LOOPBACK | BMCR_ISOLATE | BMCR_PDOWN), ctl);
2261}
2262EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_setup_forced);
2263
2264static int genphy_setup_master_slave(struct phy_device *phydev)
2265{
2266	u16 ctl = 0;
2267
2268	if (!phydev->is_gigabit_capable)
2269		return 0;
2270
2271	switch (phydev->master_slave_set) {
2272	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_PREFERRED:
2273		ctl |= CTL1000_PREFER_MASTER;
2274		break;
2275	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_PREFERRED:
2276		break;
2277	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_FORCE:
2278		ctl |= CTL1000_AS_MASTER;
2279		fallthrough;
2280	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_FORCE:
2281		ctl |= CTL1000_ENABLE_MASTER;
2282		break;
2283	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNKNOWN:
2284	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNSUPPORTED:
2285		return 0;
2286	default:
2287		phydev_warn(phydev, "Unsupported Master/Slave mode\n");
2288		return -EOPNOTSUPP;
2289	}
2290
2291	return phy_modify_changed(phydev, MII_CTRL1000,
2292				  (CTL1000_ENABLE_MASTER | CTL1000_AS_MASTER |
2293				   CTL1000_PREFER_MASTER), ctl);
2294}
2295
2296int genphy_read_master_slave(struct phy_device *phydev)
2297{
2298	int cfg, state;
2299	int val;
2300
2301	phydev->master_slave_get = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNKNOWN;
2302	phydev->master_slave_state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_UNKNOWN;
2303
2304	val = phy_read(phydev, MII_CTRL1000);
2305	if (val < 0)
2306		return val;
2307
2308	if (val & CTL1000_ENABLE_MASTER) {
2309		if (val & CTL1000_AS_MASTER)
2310			cfg = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_FORCE;
2311		else
2312			cfg = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_FORCE;
2313	} else {
2314		if (val & CTL1000_PREFER_MASTER)
2315			cfg = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_PREFERRED;
2316		else
2317			cfg = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_PREFERRED;
2318	}
2319
2320	val = phy_read(phydev, MII_STAT1000);
2321	if (val < 0)
2322		return val;
2323
2324	if (val & LPA_1000MSFAIL) {
2325		state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_ERR;
2326	} else if (phydev->link) {
2327		/* this bits are valid only for active link */
2328		if (val & LPA_1000MSRES)
2329			state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_MASTER;
2330		else
2331			state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_SLAVE;
2332	} else {
2333		state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_UNKNOWN;
2334	}
2335
2336	phydev->master_slave_get = cfg;
2337	phydev->master_slave_state = state;
2338
2339	return 0;
2340}
2341EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_master_slave);
2342
2343/**
2344 * genphy_restart_aneg - Enable and Restart Autonegotiation
2345 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2346 */
2347int genphy_restart_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev)
2348{
2349	/* Don't isolate the PHY if we're negotiating */
2350	return phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_ISOLATE,
2351			  BMCR_ANENABLE | BMCR_ANRESTART);
2352}
2353EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_restart_aneg);
2354
2355/**
2356 * genphy_check_and_restart_aneg - Enable and restart auto-negotiation
2357 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2358 * @restart: whether aneg restart is requested
2359 *
2360 * Check, and restart auto-negotiation if needed.
2361 */
2362int genphy_check_and_restart_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev, bool restart)
2363{
2364	int ret;
2365
2366	if (!restart) {
2367		/* Advertisement hasn't changed, but maybe aneg was never on to
2368		 * begin with?  Or maybe phy was isolated?
2369		 */
2370		ret = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMCR);
2371		if (ret < 0)
2372			return ret;
2373
2374		if (!(ret & BMCR_ANENABLE) || (ret & BMCR_ISOLATE))
2375			restart = true;
2376	}
2377
2378	if (restart)
2379		return genphy_restart_aneg(phydev);
2380
2381	return 0;
2382}
2383EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_check_and_restart_aneg);
2384
2385/**
2386 * __genphy_config_aneg - restart auto-negotiation or write BMCR
2387 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2388 * @changed: whether autoneg is requested
2389 *
2390 * Description: If auto-negotiation is enabled, we configure the
2391 *   advertising, and then restart auto-negotiation.  If it is not
2392 *   enabled, then we write the BMCR.
2393 */
2394int __genphy_config_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev, bool changed)
2395{
2396	__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(fixed_advert);
2397	const struct phy_setting *set;
2398	unsigned long *advert;
2399	int err;
2400
2401	err = genphy_c45_an_config_eee_aneg(phydev);
2402	if (err < 0)
2403		return err;
2404	else if (err)
2405		changed = true;
2406
2407	err = genphy_setup_master_slave(phydev);
2408	if (err < 0)
2409		return err;
2410	else if (err)
2411		changed = true;
2412
2413	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE) {
2414		/* Only allow advertising what this PHY supports */
2415		linkmode_and(phydev->advertising, phydev->advertising,
2416			     phydev->supported);
2417		advert = phydev->advertising;
2418	} else if (phydev->speed < SPEED_1000) {
2419		return genphy_setup_forced(phydev);
2420	} else {
2421		linkmode_zero(fixed_advert);
2422
2423		set = phy_lookup_setting(phydev->speed, phydev->duplex,
2424					 phydev->supported, true);
2425		if (set)
2426			linkmode_set_bit(set->bit, fixed_advert);
2427
2428		advert = fixed_advert;
2429	}
2430
2431	err = genphy_config_advert(phydev, advert);
2432	if (err < 0) /* error */
2433		return err;
2434	else if (err)
2435		changed = true;
2436
2437	return genphy_check_and_restart_aneg(phydev, changed);
2438}
2439EXPORT_SYMBOL(__genphy_config_aneg);
2440
2441/**
2442 * genphy_c37_config_aneg - restart auto-negotiation or write BMCR
2443 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2444 *
2445 * Description: If auto-negotiation is enabled, we configure the
2446 *   advertising, and then restart auto-negotiation.  If it is not
2447 *   enabled, then we write the BMCR. This function is intended
2448 *   for use with Clause 37 1000Base-X mode.
2449 */
2450int genphy_c37_config_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev)
2451{
2452	int err, changed;
2453
2454	if (phydev->autoneg != AUTONEG_ENABLE)
2455		return genphy_setup_forced(phydev);
2456
2457	err = phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_SPEED1000 | BMCR_SPEED100,
2458			 BMCR_SPEED1000);
2459	if (err)
2460		return err;
2461
2462	changed = genphy_c37_config_advert(phydev);
2463	if (changed < 0) /* error */
2464		return changed;
2465
2466	if (!changed) {
2467		/* Advertisement hasn't changed, but maybe aneg was never on to
2468		 * begin with?  Or maybe phy was isolated?
2469		 */
2470		int ctl = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMCR);
2471
2472		if (ctl < 0)
2473			return ctl;
2474
2475		if (!(ctl & BMCR_ANENABLE) || (ctl & BMCR_ISOLATE))
2476			changed = 1; /* do restart aneg */
2477	}
2478
2479	/* Only restart aneg if we are advertising something different
2480	 * than we were before.
2481	 */
2482	if (changed > 0)
2483		return genphy_restart_aneg(phydev);
2484
2485	return 0;
2486}
2487EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_c37_config_aneg);
2488
2489/**
2490 * genphy_aneg_done - return auto-negotiation status
2491 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2492 *
2493 * Description: Reads the status register and returns 0 either if
2494 *   auto-negotiation is incomplete, or if there was an error.
2495 *   Returns BMSR_ANEGCOMPLETE if auto-negotiation is done.
2496 */
2497int genphy_aneg_done(struct phy_device *phydev)
2498{
2499	int retval = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMSR);
2500
2501	return (retval < 0) ? retval : (retval & BMSR_ANEGCOMPLETE);
2502}
2503EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_aneg_done);
2504
2505/**
2506 * genphy_update_link - update link status in @phydev
2507 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2508 *
2509 * Description: Update the value in phydev->link to reflect the
2510 *   current link value.  In order to do this, we need to read
2511 *   the status register twice, keeping the second value.
2512 */
2513int genphy_update_link(struct phy_device *phydev)
2514{
2515	int status = 0, bmcr;
2516
2517	bmcr = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMCR);
2518	if (bmcr < 0)
2519		return bmcr;
2520
2521	/* Autoneg is being started, therefore disregard BMSR value and
2522	 * report link as down.
2523	 */
2524	if (bmcr & BMCR_ANRESTART)
2525		goto done;
2526
2527	/* The link state is latched low so that momentary link
2528	 * drops can be detected. Do not double-read the status
2529	 * in polling mode to detect such short link drops except
2530	 * the link was already down.
2531	 */
2532	if (!phy_polling_mode(phydev) || !phydev->link) {
2533		status = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMSR);
2534		if (status < 0)
2535			return status;
2536		else if (status & BMSR_LSTATUS)
2537			goto done;
2538	}
2539
2540	/* Read link and autonegotiation status */
2541	status = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMSR);
2542	if (status < 0)
2543		return status;
2544done:
2545	phydev->link = status & BMSR_LSTATUS ? 1 : 0;
2546	phydev->autoneg_complete = status & BMSR_ANEGCOMPLETE ? 1 : 0;
2547
2548	/* Consider the case that autoneg was started and "aneg complete"
2549	 * bit has been reset, but "link up" bit not yet.
2550	 */
2551	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE && !phydev->autoneg_complete)
2552		phydev->link = 0;
2553
2554	return 0;
2555}
2556EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_update_link);
2557
2558int genphy_read_lpa(struct phy_device *phydev)
2559{
2560	int lpa, lpagb;
2561
2562	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE) {
2563		if (!phydev->autoneg_complete) {
2564			mii_stat1000_mod_linkmode_lpa_t(phydev->lp_advertising,
2565							0);
2566			mii_lpa_mod_linkmode_lpa_t(phydev->lp_advertising, 0);
2567			return 0;
2568		}
2569
2570		if (phydev->is_gigabit_capable) {
2571			lpagb = phy_read(phydev, MII_STAT1000);
2572			if (lpagb < 0)
2573				return lpagb;
2574
2575			if (lpagb & LPA_1000MSFAIL) {
2576				int adv = phy_read(phydev, MII_CTRL1000);
2577
2578				if (adv < 0)
2579					return adv;
2580
2581				if (adv & CTL1000_ENABLE_MASTER)
2582					phydev_err(phydev, "Master/Slave resolution failed, maybe conflicting manual settings?\n");
2583				else
2584					phydev_err(phydev, "Master/Slave resolution failed\n");
2585				return -ENOLINK;
2586			}
2587
2588			mii_stat1000_mod_linkmode_lpa_t(phydev->lp_advertising,
2589							lpagb);
2590		}
2591
2592		lpa = phy_read(phydev, MII_LPA);
2593		if (lpa < 0)
2594			return lpa;
2595
2596		mii_lpa_mod_linkmode_lpa_t(phydev->lp_advertising, lpa);
2597	} else {
2598		linkmode_zero(phydev->lp_advertising);
2599	}
2600
2601	return 0;
2602}
2603EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_lpa);
2604
2605/**
2606 * genphy_read_status_fixed - read the link parameters for !aneg mode
2607 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2608 *
2609 * Read the current duplex and speed state for a PHY operating with
2610 * autonegotiation disabled.
2611 */
2612int genphy_read_status_fixed(struct phy_device *phydev)
2613{
2614	int bmcr = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMCR);
2615
2616	if (bmcr < 0)
2617		return bmcr;
2618
2619	if (bmcr & BMCR_FULLDPLX)
2620		phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_FULL;
2621	else
2622		phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_HALF;
2623
2624	if (bmcr & BMCR_SPEED1000)
2625		phydev->speed = SPEED_1000;
2626	else if (bmcr & BMCR_SPEED100)
2627		phydev->speed = SPEED_100;
2628	else
2629		phydev->speed = SPEED_10;
2630
2631	return 0;
2632}
2633EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_status_fixed);
2634
2635/**
2636 * genphy_read_status - check the link status and update current link state
2637 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2638 *
2639 * Description: Check the link, then figure out the current state
2640 *   by comparing what we advertise with what the link partner
2641 *   advertises.  Start by checking the gigabit possibilities,
2642 *   then move on to 10/100.
2643 */
2644int genphy_read_status(struct phy_device *phydev)
2645{
2646	int err, old_link = phydev->link;
2647
2648	/* Update the link, but return if there was an error */
2649	err = genphy_update_link(phydev);
2650	if (err)
2651		return err;
2652
2653	/* why bother the PHY if nothing can have changed */
2654	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE && old_link && phydev->link)
2655		return 0;
2656
2657	phydev->master_slave_get = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNSUPPORTED;
2658	phydev->master_slave_state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_UNSUPPORTED;
2659	phydev->speed = SPEED_UNKNOWN;
2660	phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_UNKNOWN;
2661	phydev->pause = 0;
2662	phydev->asym_pause = 0;
2663
2664	if (phydev->is_gigabit_capable) {
2665		err = genphy_read_master_slave(phydev);
2666		if (err < 0)
2667			return err;
2668	}
2669
2670	err = genphy_read_lpa(phydev);
2671	if (err < 0)
2672		return err;
2673
2674	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE && phydev->autoneg_complete) {
2675		phy_resolve_aneg_linkmode(phydev);
2676	} else if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_DISABLE) {
2677		err = genphy_read_status_fixed(phydev);
2678		if (err < 0)
2679			return err;
2680	}
2681
2682	return 0;
2683}
2684EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_status);
2685
2686/**
2687 * genphy_c37_read_status - check the link status and update current link state
2688 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2689 * @changed: pointer where to store if link changed
2690 *
2691 * Description: Check the link, then figure out the current state
2692 *   by comparing what we advertise with what the link partner
2693 *   advertises. This function is for Clause 37 1000Base-X mode.
2694 *
2695 *   If link has changed, @changed is set to true, false otherwise.
2696 */
2697int genphy_c37_read_status(struct phy_device *phydev, bool *changed)
2698{
2699	int lpa, err, old_link = phydev->link;
2700
2701	/* Update the link, but return if there was an error */
2702	err = genphy_update_link(phydev);
2703	if (err)
2704		return err;
2705
2706	/* why bother the PHY if nothing can have changed */
2707	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE && old_link && phydev->link) {
2708		*changed = false;
2709		return 0;
2710	}
2711
2712	/* Signal link has changed */
2713	*changed = true;
2714	phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_UNKNOWN;
2715	phydev->pause = 0;
2716	phydev->asym_pause = 0;
2717
2718	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE && phydev->autoneg_complete) {
2719		lpa = phy_read(phydev, MII_LPA);
2720		if (lpa < 0)
2721			return lpa;
2722
2723		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT,
2724				 phydev->lp_advertising, lpa & LPA_LPACK);
2725		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseX_Full_BIT,
2726				 phydev->lp_advertising, lpa & LPA_1000XFULL);
2727		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT,
2728				 phydev->lp_advertising, lpa & LPA_1000XPAUSE);
2729		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT,
2730				 phydev->lp_advertising,
2731				 lpa & LPA_1000XPAUSE_ASYM);
2732
2733		phy_resolve_aneg_linkmode(phydev);
2734	} else if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_DISABLE) {
2735		int bmcr = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMCR);
2736
2737		if (bmcr < 0)
2738			return bmcr;
2739
2740		if (bmcr & BMCR_FULLDPLX)
2741			phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_FULL;
2742		else
2743			phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_HALF;
2744	}
2745
2746	return 0;
2747}
2748EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_c37_read_status);
2749
2750/**
2751 * genphy_soft_reset - software reset the PHY via BMCR_RESET bit
2752 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2753 *
2754 * Description: Perform a software PHY reset using the standard
2755 * BMCR_RESET bit and poll for the reset bit to be cleared.
2756 *
2757 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on failure
2758 */
2759int genphy_soft_reset(struct phy_device *phydev)
2760{
2761	u16 res = BMCR_RESET;
2762	int ret;
2763
2764	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE)
2765		res |= BMCR_ANRESTART;
2766
2767	ret = phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_ISOLATE, res);
2768	if (ret < 0)
2769		return ret;
2770
2771	/* Clause 22 states that setting bit BMCR_RESET sets control registers
2772	 * to their default value. Therefore the POWER DOWN bit is supposed to
2773	 * be cleared after soft reset.
2774	 */
2775	phydev->suspended = 0;
2776
2777	ret = phy_poll_reset(phydev);
2778	if (ret)
2779		return ret;
2780
2781	/* BMCR may be reset to defaults */
2782	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_DISABLE)
2783		ret = genphy_setup_forced(phydev);
2784
2785	return ret;
2786}
2787EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_soft_reset);
2788
2789irqreturn_t genphy_handle_interrupt_no_ack(struct phy_device *phydev)
2790{
2791	/* It seems there are cases where the interrupts are handled by another
2792	 * entity (ie an IRQ controller embedded inside the PHY) and do not
2793	 * need any other interraction from phylib. In this case, just trigger
2794	 * the state machine directly.
2795	 */
2796	phy_trigger_machine(phydev);
2797
2798	return 0;
2799}
2800EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_handle_interrupt_no_ack);
2801
2802/**
2803 * genphy_read_abilities - read PHY abilities from Clause 22 registers
2804 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2805 *
2806 * Description: Reads the PHY's abilities and populates
2807 * phydev->supported accordingly.
2808 *
2809 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on failure
2810 */
2811int genphy_read_abilities(struct phy_device *phydev)
2812{
2813	int val;
2814
2815	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_ports_array,
2816			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_ports_array),
2817			       phydev->supported);
2818
2819	val = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMSR);
2820	if (val < 0)
2821		return val;
2822
2823	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT, phydev->supported,
2824			 val & BMSR_ANEGCAPABLE);
2825
2826	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Full_BIT, phydev->supported,
2827			 val & BMSR_100FULL);
2828	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Half_BIT, phydev->supported,
2829			 val & BMSR_100HALF);
2830	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Full_BIT, phydev->supported,
2831			 val & BMSR_10FULL);
2832	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Half_BIT, phydev->supported,
2833			 val & BMSR_10HALF);
2834
2835	if (val & BMSR_ESTATEN) {
2836		val = phy_read(phydev, MII_ESTATUS);
2837		if (val < 0)
2838			return val;
2839
2840		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT,
2841				 phydev->supported, val & ESTATUS_1000_TFULL);
2842		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Half_BIT,
2843				 phydev->supported, val & ESTATUS_1000_THALF);
2844		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseX_Full_BIT,
2845				 phydev->supported, val & ESTATUS_1000_XFULL);
2846	}
2847
2848	/* This is optional functionality. If not supported, we may get an error
2849	 * which should be ignored.
2850	 */
2851	genphy_c45_read_eee_abilities(phydev);
2852
2853	return 0;
2854}
2855EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_abilities);
2856
2857/* This is used for the phy device which doesn't support the MMD extended
2858 * register access, but it does have side effect when we are trying to access
2859 * the MMD register via indirect method.
2860 */
2861int genphy_read_mmd_unsupported(struct phy_device *phdev, int devad, u16 regnum)
2862{
2863	return -EOPNOTSUPP;
2864}
2865EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_mmd_unsupported);
2866
2867int genphy_write_mmd_unsupported(struct phy_device *phdev, int devnum,
2868				 u16 regnum, u16 val)
2869{
2870	return -EOPNOTSUPP;
2871}
2872EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_write_mmd_unsupported);
2873
2874int genphy_suspend(struct phy_device *phydev)
2875{
2876	return phy_set_bits(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_PDOWN);
2877}
2878EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_suspend);
2879
2880int genphy_resume(struct phy_device *phydev)
2881{
2882	return phy_clear_bits(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_PDOWN);
2883}
2884EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_resume);
2885
2886int genphy_loopback(struct phy_device *phydev, bool enable)
2887{
2888	if (enable) {
2889		u16 ctl = BMCR_LOOPBACK;
2890		int ret, val;
2891
2892		ctl |= mii_bmcr_encode_fixed(phydev->speed, phydev->duplex);
2893
2894		phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR, ~0, ctl);
2895
2896		ret = phy_read_poll_timeout(phydev, MII_BMSR, val,
2897					    val & BMSR_LSTATUS,
2898				    5000, 500000, true);
2899		if (ret)
2900			return ret;
2901	} else {
2902		phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_LOOPBACK, 0);
2903
2904		phy_config_aneg(phydev);
2905	}
2906
2907	return 0;
2908}
2909EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_loopback);
2910
2911/**
2912 * phy_remove_link_mode - Remove a supported link mode
2913 * @phydev: phy_device structure to remove link mode from
2914 * @link_mode: Link mode to be removed
2915 *
2916 * Description: Some MACs don't support all link modes which the PHY
2917 * does.  e.g. a 1G MAC often does not support 1000Half. Add a helper
2918 * to remove a link mode.
2919 */
2920void phy_remove_link_mode(struct phy_device *phydev, u32 link_mode)
2921{
2922	linkmode_clear_bit(link_mode, phydev->supported);
2923	phy_advertise_supported(phydev);
2924}
2925EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_remove_link_mode);
2926
2927static void phy_copy_pause_bits(unsigned long *dst, unsigned long *src)
2928{
2929	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT, dst,
2930		linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT, src));
2931	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT, dst,
2932		linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT, src));
2933}
2934
2935/**
2936 * phy_advertise_supported - Advertise all supported modes
2937 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2938 *
2939 * Description: Called to advertise all supported modes, doesn't touch
2940 * pause mode advertising.
2941 */
2942void phy_advertise_supported(struct phy_device *phydev)
2943{
2944	__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(new);
2945
2946	linkmode_copy(new, phydev->supported);
2947	phy_copy_pause_bits(new, phydev->advertising);
2948	linkmode_copy(phydev->advertising, new);
2949}
2950EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_advertise_supported);
2951
2952/**
2953 * phy_advertise_eee_all - Advertise all supported EEE modes
2954 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2955 *
2956 * Description: Per default phylib preserves the EEE advertising at the time of
2957 * phy probing, which might be a subset of the supported EEE modes. Use this
2958 * function when all supported EEE modes should be advertised. This does not
2959 * trigger auto-negotiation, so must be called before phy_start()/
2960 * phylink_start() which will start auto-negotiation.
2961 */
2962void phy_advertise_eee_all(struct phy_device *phydev)
2963{
2964	linkmode_copy(phydev->advertising_eee, phydev->supported_eee);
2965}
2966EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_advertise_eee_all);
2967
2968/**
2969 * phy_support_eee - Set initial EEE policy configuration
2970 * @phydev: Target phy_device struct
2971 *
2972 * This function configures the initial policy for Energy Efficient Ethernet
2973 * (EEE) on the specified PHY device, influencing that EEE capabilities are
2974 * advertised before the link is established. It should be called during PHY
2975 * registration by the MAC driver and/or the PHY driver (for SmartEEE PHYs)
2976 * if MAC supports LPI or PHY is capable to compensate missing LPI functionality
2977 * of the MAC.
2978 *
2979 * The function sets default EEE policy parameters, including preparing the PHY
2980 * to advertise EEE capabilities based on hardware support.
2981 *
2982 * It also sets the expected configuration for Low Power Idle (LPI) in the MAC
2983 * driver. If the PHY framework determines that both local and remote
2984 * advertisements support EEE, and the negotiated link mode is compatible with
2985 * EEE, it will set enable_tx_lpi = true. The MAC driver is expected to act on
2986 * this setting by enabling the LPI timer if enable_tx_lpi is set.
2987 */
2988void phy_support_eee(struct phy_device *phydev)
2989{
2990	linkmode_copy(phydev->advertising_eee, phydev->supported_eee);
2991	phydev->eee_cfg.tx_lpi_enabled = true;
2992	phydev->eee_cfg.eee_enabled = true;
2993}
2994EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_support_eee);
2995
2996/**
2997 * phy_support_sym_pause - Enable support of symmetrical pause
2998 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2999 *
3000 * Description: Called by the MAC to indicate is supports symmetrical
3001 * Pause, but not asym pause.
3002 */
3003void phy_support_sym_pause(struct phy_device *phydev)
3004{
3005	linkmode_clear_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT, phydev->supported);
3006	phy_copy_pause_bits(phydev->advertising, phydev->supported);
3007}
3008EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_support_sym_pause);
3009
3010/**
3011 * phy_support_asym_pause - Enable support of asym pause
3012 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
3013 *
3014 * Description: Called by the MAC to indicate is supports Asym Pause.
3015 */
3016void phy_support_asym_pause(struct phy_device *phydev)
3017{
3018	phy_copy_pause_bits(phydev->advertising, phydev->supported);
3019}
3020EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_support_asym_pause);
3021
3022/**
3023 * phy_set_sym_pause - Configure symmetric Pause
3024 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
3025 * @rx: Receiver Pause is supported
3026 * @tx: Transmit Pause is supported
3027 * @autoneg: Auto neg should be used
3028 *
3029 * Description: Configure advertised Pause support depending on if
3030 * receiver pause and pause auto neg is supported. Generally called
3031 * from the set_pauseparam .ndo.
3032 */
3033void phy_set_sym_pause(struct phy_device *phydev, bool rx, bool tx,
3034		       bool autoneg)
3035{
3036	linkmode_clear_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT, phydev->supported);
3037
3038	if (rx && tx && autoneg)
3039		linkmode_set_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT,
3040				 phydev->supported);
3041
3042	linkmode_copy(phydev->advertising, phydev->supported);
3043}
3044EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_set_sym_pause);
3045
3046/**
3047 * phy_set_asym_pause - Configure Pause and Asym Pause
3048 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
3049 * @rx: Receiver Pause is supported
3050 * @tx: Transmit Pause is supported
3051 *
3052 * Description: Configure advertised Pause support depending on if
3053 * transmit and receiver pause is supported. If there has been a
3054 * change in adverting, trigger a new autoneg. Generally called from
3055 * the set_pauseparam .ndo.
3056 */
3057void phy_set_asym_pause(struct phy_device *phydev, bool rx, bool tx)
3058{
3059	__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(oldadv);
3060
3061	linkmode_copy(oldadv, phydev->advertising);
3062	linkmode_set_pause(phydev->advertising, tx, rx);
3063
3064	if (!linkmode_equal(oldadv, phydev->advertising) &&
3065	    phydev->autoneg)
3066		phy_start_aneg(phydev);
3067}
3068EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_set_asym_pause);
3069
3070/**
3071 * phy_validate_pause - Test if the PHY/MAC support the pause configuration
3072 * @phydev: phy_device struct
3073 * @pp: requested pause configuration
3074 *
3075 * Description: Test if the PHY/MAC combination supports the Pause
3076 * configuration the user is requesting. Returns True if it is
3077 * supported, false otherwise.
3078 */
3079bool phy_validate_pause(struct phy_device *phydev,
3080			struct ethtool_pauseparam *pp)
3081{
3082	if (!linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT,
3083			       phydev->supported) && pp->rx_pause)
3084		return false;
3085
3086	if (!linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT,
3087			       phydev->supported) &&
3088	    pp->rx_pause != pp->tx_pause)
3089		return false;
3090
3091	return true;
3092}
3093EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_validate_pause);
3094
3095/**
3096 * phy_get_pause - resolve negotiated pause modes
3097 * @phydev: phy_device struct
3098 * @tx_pause: pointer to bool to indicate whether transmit pause should be
3099 * enabled.
3100 * @rx_pause: pointer to bool to indicate whether receive pause should be
3101 * enabled.
3102 *
3103 * Resolve and return the flow control modes according to the negotiation
3104 * result. This includes checking that we are operating in full duplex mode.
3105 * See linkmode_resolve_pause() for further details.
3106 */
3107void phy_get_pause(struct phy_device *phydev, bool *tx_pause, bool *rx_pause)
3108{
3109	if (phydev->duplex != DUPLEX_FULL) {
3110		*tx_pause = false;
3111		*rx_pause = false;
3112		return;
3113	}
3114
3115	return linkmode_resolve_pause(phydev->advertising,
3116				      phydev->lp_advertising,
3117				      tx_pause, rx_pause);
3118}
3119EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_get_pause);
3120
3121#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_OF_MDIO)
3122static int phy_get_int_delay_property(struct device *dev, const char *name)
3123{
3124	s32 int_delay;
3125	int ret;
3126
3127	ret = device_property_read_u32(dev, name, &int_delay);
3128	if (ret)
3129		return ret;
3130
3131	return int_delay;
3132}
3133#else
3134static int phy_get_int_delay_property(struct device *dev, const char *name)
3135{
3136	return -EINVAL;
3137}
3138#endif
3139
3140/**
3141 * phy_get_internal_delay - returns the index of the internal delay
3142 * @phydev: phy_device struct
3143 * @dev: pointer to the devices device struct
3144 * @delay_values: array of delays the PHY supports
3145 * @size: the size of the delay array
3146 * @is_rx: boolean to indicate to get the rx internal delay
3147 *
3148 * Returns the index within the array of internal delay passed in.
3149 * If the device property is not present then the interface type is checked
3150 * if the interface defines use of internal delay then a 1 is returned otherwise
3151 * a 0 is returned.
3152 * The array must be in ascending order. If PHY does not have an ascending order
3153 * array then size = 0 and the value of the delay property is returned.
3154 * Return -EINVAL if the delay is invalid or cannot be found.
3155 */
3156s32 phy_get_internal_delay(struct phy_device *phydev, struct device *dev,
3157			   const int *delay_values, int size, bool is_rx)
3158{
3159	s32 delay;
3160	int i;
3161
3162	if (is_rx) {
3163		delay = phy_get_int_delay_property(dev, "rx-internal-delay-ps");
3164		if (delay < 0 && size == 0) {
3165			if (phydev->interface == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID ||
3166			    phydev->interface == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_RXID)
3167				return 1;
3168			else
3169				return 0;
3170		}
3171
3172	} else {
3173		delay = phy_get_int_delay_property(dev, "tx-internal-delay-ps");
3174		if (delay < 0 && size == 0) {
3175			if (phydev->interface == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID ||
3176			    phydev->interface == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_TXID)
3177				return 1;
3178			else
3179				return 0;
3180		}
3181	}
3182
3183	if (delay < 0)
3184		return delay;
3185
3186	if (size == 0)
3187		return delay;
3188
3189	if (delay < delay_values[0] || delay > delay_values[size - 1]) {
3190		phydev_err(phydev, "Delay %d is out of range\n", delay);
3191		return -EINVAL;
3192	}
3193
3194	if (delay == delay_values[0])
3195		return 0;
3196
3197	for (i = 1; i < size; i++) {
3198		if (delay == delay_values[i])
3199			return i;
3200
3201		/* Find an approximate index by looking up the table */
3202		if (delay > delay_values[i - 1] &&
3203		    delay < delay_values[i]) {
3204			if (delay - delay_values[i - 1] <
3205			    delay_values[i] - delay)
3206				return i - 1;
3207			else
3208				return i;
3209		}
3210	}
3211
3212	phydev_err(phydev, "error finding internal delay index for %d\n",
3213		   delay);
3214
3215	return -EINVAL;
3216}
3217EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_get_internal_delay);
3218
3219static int phy_led_set_brightness(struct led_classdev *led_cdev,
3220				  enum led_brightness value)
3221{
3222	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3223	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3224	int err;
3225
3226	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
3227	err = phydev->drv->led_brightness_set(phydev, phyled->index, value);
3228	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
3229
3230	return err;
3231}
3232
3233static int phy_led_blink_set(struct led_classdev *led_cdev,
3234			     unsigned long *delay_on,
3235			     unsigned long *delay_off)
3236{
3237	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3238	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3239	int err;
3240
3241	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
3242	err = phydev->drv->led_blink_set(phydev, phyled->index,
3243					 delay_on, delay_off);
3244	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
3245
3246	return err;
3247}
3248
3249static __maybe_unused struct device *
3250phy_led_hw_control_get_device(struct led_classdev *led_cdev)
3251{
3252	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3253	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3254
3255	if (phydev->attached_dev)
3256		return &phydev->attached_dev->dev;
3257	return NULL;
3258}
3259
3260static int __maybe_unused
3261phy_led_hw_control_get(struct led_classdev *led_cdev,
3262		       unsigned long *rules)
3263{
3264	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3265	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3266	int err;
3267
3268	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
3269	err = phydev->drv->led_hw_control_get(phydev, phyled->index, rules);
3270	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
3271
3272	return err;
3273}
3274
3275static int __maybe_unused
3276phy_led_hw_control_set(struct led_classdev *led_cdev,
3277		       unsigned long rules)
3278{
3279	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3280	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3281	int err;
3282
3283	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
3284	err = phydev->drv->led_hw_control_set(phydev, phyled->index, rules);
3285	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
3286
3287	return err;
3288}
3289
3290static __maybe_unused int phy_led_hw_is_supported(struct led_classdev *led_cdev,
3291						  unsigned long rules)
3292{
3293	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3294	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3295	int err;
3296
3297	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
3298	err = phydev->drv->led_hw_is_supported(phydev, phyled->index, rules);
3299	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
3300
3301	return err;
3302}
3303
3304static void phy_leds_unregister(struct phy_device *phydev)
3305{
3306	struct phy_led *phyled, *tmp;
3307
3308	list_for_each_entry_safe(phyled, tmp, &phydev->leds, list) {
3309		led_classdev_unregister(&phyled->led_cdev);
3310		list_del(&phyled->list);
3311	}
3312}
3313
3314static int of_phy_led(struct phy_device *phydev,
3315		      struct device_node *led)
3316{
3317	struct device *dev = &phydev->mdio.dev;
3318	struct led_init_data init_data = {};
3319	struct led_classdev *cdev;
3320	unsigned long modes = 0;
3321	struct phy_led *phyled;
3322	u32 index;
3323	int err;
3324
3325	phyled = devm_kzalloc(dev, sizeof(*phyled), GFP_KERNEL);
3326	if (!phyled)
3327		return -ENOMEM;
3328
3329	cdev = &phyled->led_cdev;
3330	phyled->phydev = phydev;
3331
3332	err = of_property_read_u32(led, "reg", &index);
3333	if (err)
3334		return err;
3335	if (index > U8_MAX)
3336		return -EINVAL;
3337
3338	if (of_property_read_bool(led, "active-high"))
3339		set_bit(PHY_LED_ACTIVE_HIGH, &modes);
3340	if (of_property_read_bool(led, "active-low"))
3341		set_bit(PHY_LED_ACTIVE_LOW, &modes);
3342	if (of_property_read_bool(led, "inactive-high-impedance"))
3343		set_bit(PHY_LED_INACTIVE_HIGH_IMPEDANCE, &modes);
3344
3345	if (WARN_ON(modes & BIT(PHY_LED_ACTIVE_LOW) &&
3346		    modes & BIT(PHY_LED_ACTIVE_HIGH)))
3347		return -EINVAL;
3348
3349	if (modes) {
3350		/* Return error if asked to set polarity modes but not supported */
3351		if (!phydev->drv->led_polarity_set)
3352			return -EINVAL;
3353
3354		err = phydev->drv->led_polarity_set(phydev, index, modes);
3355		if (err)
3356			return err;
3357	}
3358
3359	phyled->index = index;
3360	if (phydev->drv->led_brightness_set)
3361		cdev->brightness_set_blocking = phy_led_set_brightness;
3362	if (phydev->drv->led_blink_set)
3363		cdev->blink_set = phy_led_blink_set;
3364
3365#ifdef CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGERS
3366	if (phydev->drv->led_hw_is_supported &&
3367	    phydev->drv->led_hw_control_set &&
3368	    phydev->drv->led_hw_control_get) {
3369		cdev->hw_control_is_supported = phy_led_hw_is_supported;
3370		cdev->hw_control_set = phy_led_hw_control_set;
3371		cdev->hw_control_get = phy_led_hw_control_get;
3372		cdev->hw_control_trigger = "netdev";
3373	}
3374
3375	cdev->hw_control_get_device = phy_led_hw_control_get_device;
3376#endif
3377	cdev->max_brightness = 1;
3378	init_data.devicename = dev_name(&phydev->mdio.dev);
3379	init_data.fwnode = of_fwnode_handle(led);
3380	init_data.devname_mandatory = true;
3381
3382	err = led_classdev_register_ext(dev, cdev, &init_data);
3383	if (err)
3384		return err;
3385
3386	list_add(&phyled->list, &phydev->leds);
3387
3388	return 0;
3389}
3390
3391static int of_phy_leds(struct phy_device *phydev)
3392{
3393	struct device_node *node = phydev->mdio.dev.of_node;
3394	struct device_node *leds;
3395	int err;
3396
3397	if (!IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_OF_MDIO))
3398		return 0;
3399
3400	if (!node)
3401		return 0;
3402
3403	leds = of_get_child_by_name(node, "leds");
3404	if (!leds)
3405		return 0;
3406
3407	/* Check if the PHY driver have at least an OP to
3408	 * set the LEDs.
3409	 */
3410	if (!(phydev->drv->led_brightness_set ||
3411	      phydev->drv->led_blink_set ||
3412	      phydev->drv->led_hw_control_set)) {
3413		phydev_dbg(phydev, "ignoring leds node defined with no PHY driver support\n");
3414		goto exit;
3415	}
3416
3417	for_each_available_child_of_node_scoped(leds, led) {
3418		err = of_phy_led(phydev, led);
3419		if (err) {
3420			of_node_put(leds);
3421			phy_leds_unregister(phydev);
3422			return err;
3423		}
3424	}
3425
3426exit:
3427	of_node_put(leds);
3428	return 0;
3429}
3430
3431/**
3432 * fwnode_mdio_find_device - Given a fwnode, find the mdio_device
3433 * @fwnode: pointer to the mdio_device's fwnode
3434 *
3435 * If successful, returns a pointer to the mdio_device with the embedded
3436 * struct device refcount incremented by one, or NULL on failure.
3437 * The caller should call put_device() on the mdio_device after its use.
3438 */
3439struct mdio_device *fwnode_mdio_find_device(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode)
3440{
3441	struct device *d;
3442
3443	if (!fwnode)
3444		return NULL;
3445
3446	d = bus_find_device_by_fwnode(&mdio_bus_type, fwnode);
3447	if (!d)
3448		return NULL;
3449
3450	return to_mdio_device(d);
3451}
3452EXPORT_SYMBOL(fwnode_mdio_find_device);
3453
3454/**
3455 * fwnode_phy_find_device - For provided phy_fwnode, find phy_device.
3456 *
3457 * @phy_fwnode: Pointer to the phy's fwnode.
3458 *
3459 * If successful, returns a pointer to the phy_device with the embedded
3460 * struct device refcount incremented by one, or NULL on failure.
3461 */
3462struct phy_device *fwnode_phy_find_device(struct fwnode_handle *phy_fwnode)
3463{
3464	struct mdio_device *mdiodev;
3465
3466	mdiodev = fwnode_mdio_find_device(phy_fwnode);
3467	if (!mdiodev)
3468		return NULL;
3469
3470	if (mdiodev->flags & MDIO_DEVICE_FLAG_PHY)
3471		return to_phy_device(&mdiodev->dev);
3472
3473	put_device(&mdiodev->dev);
3474
3475	return NULL;
3476}
3477EXPORT_SYMBOL(fwnode_phy_find_device);
3478
3479/**
3480 * device_phy_find_device - For the given device, get the phy_device
3481 * @dev: Pointer to the given device
3482 *
3483 * Refer return conditions of fwnode_phy_find_device().
3484 */
3485struct phy_device *device_phy_find_device(struct device *dev)
3486{
3487	return fwnode_phy_find_device(dev_fwnode(dev));
3488}
3489EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(device_phy_find_device);
3490
3491/**
3492 * fwnode_get_phy_node - Get the phy_node using the named reference.
3493 * @fwnode: Pointer to fwnode from which phy_node has to be obtained.
3494 *
3495 * Refer return conditions of fwnode_find_reference().
3496 * For ACPI, only "phy-handle" is supported. Legacy DT properties "phy"
3497 * and "phy-device" are not supported in ACPI. DT supports all the three
3498 * named references to the phy node.
3499 */
3500struct fwnode_handle *fwnode_get_phy_node(const struct fwnode_handle *fwnode)
3501{
3502	struct fwnode_handle *phy_node;
3503
3504	/* Only phy-handle is used for ACPI */
3505	phy_node = fwnode_find_reference(fwnode, "phy-handle", 0);
3506	if (is_acpi_node(fwnode) || !IS_ERR(phy_node))
3507		return phy_node;
3508	phy_node = fwnode_find_reference(fwnode, "phy", 0);
3509	if (IS_ERR(phy_node))
3510		phy_node = fwnode_find_reference(fwnode, "phy-device", 0);
3511	return phy_node;
3512}
3513EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(fwnode_get_phy_node);
3514
3515/**
3516 * phy_probe - probe and init a PHY device
3517 * @dev: device to probe and init
3518 *
3519 * Take care of setting up the phy_device structure, set the state to READY.
3520 */
3521static int phy_probe(struct device *dev)
3522{
3523	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
3524	struct device_driver *drv = phydev->mdio.dev.driver;
3525	struct phy_driver *phydrv = to_phy_driver(drv);
3526	int err = 0;
3527
3528	phydev->drv = phydrv;
3529
3530	/* Disable the interrupt if the PHY doesn't support it
3531	 * but the interrupt is still a valid one
3532	 */
3533	if (!phy_drv_supports_irq(phydrv) && phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev))
3534		phydev->irq = PHY_POLL;
3535
3536	if (phydrv->flags & PHY_IS_INTERNAL)
3537		phydev->is_internal = true;
3538
3539	/* Deassert the reset signal */
3540	phy_device_reset(phydev, 0);
3541
3542	if (phydev->drv->probe) {
3543		err = phydev->drv->probe(phydev);
3544		if (err)
3545			goto out;
3546	}
3547
3548	phy_disable_interrupts(phydev);
3549
3550	/* Start out supporting everything. Eventually,
3551	 * a controller will attach, and may modify one
3552	 * or both of these values
3553	 */
3554	if (phydrv->features) {
3555		linkmode_copy(phydev->supported, phydrv->features);
3556		genphy_c45_read_eee_abilities(phydev);
3557	}
3558	else if (phydrv->get_features)
3559		err = phydrv->get_features(phydev);
3560	else if (phydev->is_c45)
3561		err = genphy_c45_pma_read_abilities(phydev);
3562	else
3563		err = genphy_read_abilities(phydev);
3564
3565	if (err)
3566		goto out;
3567
3568	if (!linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT,
3569			       phydev->supported))
3570		phydev->autoneg = 0;
3571
3572	if (linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Half_BIT,
3573			      phydev->supported))
3574		phydev->is_gigabit_capable = 1;
3575	if (linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT,
3576			      phydev->supported))
3577		phydev->is_gigabit_capable = 1;
3578
3579	of_set_phy_supported(phydev);
3580	phy_advertise_supported(phydev);
3581
3582	/* Get PHY default EEE advertising modes and handle them as potentially
3583	 * safe initial configuration.
3584	 */
3585	err = genphy_c45_read_eee_adv(phydev, phydev->advertising_eee);
3586	if (err)
3587		goto out;
3588
3589	/* There is no "enabled" flag. If PHY is advertising, assume it is
3590	 * kind of enabled.
3591	 */
3592	phydev->eee_cfg.eee_enabled = !linkmode_empty(phydev->advertising_eee);
3593
3594	/* Some PHYs may advertise, by default, not support EEE modes. So,
3595	 * we need to clean them.
3596	 */
3597	if (phydev->eee_cfg.eee_enabled)
3598		linkmode_and(phydev->advertising_eee, phydev->supported_eee,
3599			     phydev->advertising_eee);
3600
3601	/* Get the EEE modes we want to prohibit. We will ask
3602	 * the PHY stop advertising these mode later on
3603	 */
3604	of_set_phy_eee_broken(phydev);
3605
3606	/* Get master/slave strap overrides */
3607	of_set_phy_timing_role(phydev);
3608
3609	/* The Pause Frame bits indicate that the PHY can support passing
3610	 * pause frames. During autonegotiation, the PHYs will determine if
3611	 * they should allow pause frames to pass.  The MAC driver should then
3612	 * use that result to determine whether to enable flow control via
3613	 * pause frames.
3614	 *
3615	 * Normally, PHY drivers should not set the Pause bits, and instead
3616	 * allow phylib to do that.  However, there may be some situations
3617	 * (e.g. hardware erratum) where the driver wants to set only one
3618	 * of these bits.
3619	 */
3620	if (!test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT, phydev->supported) &&
3621	    !test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT, phydev->supported)) {
3622		linkmode_set_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT,
3623				 phydev->supported);
3624		linkmode_set_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT,
3625				 phydev->supported);
3626	}
3627
3628	/* Set the state to READY by default */
3629	phydev->state = PHY_READY;
3630
3631	/* Get the LEDs from the device tree, and instantiate standard
3632	 * LEDs for them.
3633	 */
3634	if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_PHYLIB_LEDS))
3635		err = of_phy_leds(phydev);
3636
3637out:
3638	/* Re-assert the reset signal on error */
3639	if (err)
3640		phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
3641
3642	return err;
3643}
3644
3645static int phy_remove(struct device *dev)
3646{
3647	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
3648
3649	cancel_delayed_work_sync(&phydev->state_queue);
3650
3651	if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_PHYLIB_LEDS))
3652		phy_leds_unregister(phydev);
3653
3654	phydev->state = PHY_DOWN;
3655
3656	sfp_bus_del_upstream(phydev->sfp_bus);
3657	phydev->sfp_bus = NULL;
3658
3659	if (phydev->drv && phydev->drv->remove)
3660		phydev->drv->remove(phydev);
3661
3662	/* Assert the reset signal */
3663	phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
3664
3665	phydev->drv = NULL;
3666
3667	return 0;
3668}
3669
3670/**
3671 * phy_driver_register - register a phy_driver with the PHY layer
3672 * @new_driver: new phy_driver to register
3673 * @owner: module owning this PHY
3674 */
3675int phy_driver_register(struct phy_driver *new_driver, struct module *owner)
3676{
3677	int retval;
3678
3679	/* Either the features are hard coded, or dynamically
3680	 * determined. It cannot be both.
3681	 */
3682	if (WARN_ON(new_driver->features && new_driver->get_features)) {
3683		pr_err("%s: features and get_features must not both be set\n",
3684		       new_driver->name);
3685		return -EINVAL;
3686	}
3687
3688	/* PHYLIB device drivers must not match using a DT compatible table
3689	 * as this bypasses our checks that the mdiodev that is being matched
3690	 * is backed by a struct phy_device. If such a case happens, we will
3691	 * make out-of-bounds accesses and lockup in phydev->lock.
3692	 */
3693	if (WARN(new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.of_match_table,
3694		 "%s: driver must not provide a DT match table\n",
3695		 new_driver->name))
3696		return -EINVAL;
3697
3698	new_driver->mdiodrv.flags |= MDIO_DEVICE_IS_PHY;
3699	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.name = new_driver->name;
3700	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.bus = &mdio_bus_type;
3701	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.probe = phy_probe;
3702	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.remove = phy_remove;
3703	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.owner = owner;
3704	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.probe_type = PROBE_FORCE_SYNCHRONOUS;
3705
3706	retval = driver_register(&new_driver->mdiodrv.driver);
3707	if (retval) {
3708		pr_err("%s: Error %d in registering driver\n",
3709		       new_driver->name, retval);
3710
3711		return retval;
3712	}
3713
3714	pr_debug("%s: Registered new driver\n", new_driver->name);
3715
3716	return 0;
3717}
3718EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_driver_register);
3719
3720int phy_drivers_register(struct phy_driver *new_driver, int n,
3721			 struct module *owner)
3722{
3723	int i, ret = 0;
3724
3725	for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
3726		ret = phy_driver_register(new_driver + i, owner);
3727		if (ret) {
3728			while (i-- > 0)
3729				phy_driver_unregister(new_driver + i);
3730			break;
3731		}
3732	}
3733	return ret;
3734}
3735EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_drivers_register);
3736
3737void phy_driver_unregister(struct phy_driver *drv)
3738{
3739	driver_unregister(&drv->mdiodrv.driver);
3740}
3741EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_driver_unregister);
3742
3743void phy_drivers_unregister(struct phy_driver *drv, int n)
3744{
3745	int i;
3746
3747	for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
3748		phy_driver_unregister(drv + i);
3749}
3750EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_drivers_unregister);
3751
3752static struct phy_driver genphy_driver = {
3753	.phy_id		= 0xffffffff,
3754	.phy_id_mask	= 0xffffffff,
3755	.name		= "Generic PHY",
3756	.get_features	= genphy_read_abilities,
3757	.suspend	= genphy_suspend,
3758	.resume		= genphy_resume,
3759	.set_loopback   = genphy_loopback,
3760};
3761
3762static const struct ethtool_phy_ops phy_ethtool_phy_ops = {
3763	.get_sset_count		= phy_ethtool_get_sset_count,
3764	.get_strings		= phy_ethtool_get_strings,
3765	.get_stats		= phy_ethtool_get_stats,
3766	.get_plca_cfg		= phy_ethtool_get_plca_cfg,
3767	.set_plca_cfg		= phy_ethtool_set_plca_cfg,
3768	.get_plca_status	= phy_ethtool_get_plca_status,
3769	.start_cable_test	= phy_start_cable_test,
3770	.start_cable_test_tdr	= phy_start_cable_test_tdr,
3771};
3772
3773static const struct phylib_stubs __phylib_stubs = {
3774	.hwtstamp_get = __phy_hwtstamp_get,
3775	.hwtstamp_set = __phy_hwtstamp_set,
3776	.get_phy_stats = __phy_ethtool_get_phy_stats,
3777	.get_link_ext_stats = __phy_ethtool_get_link_ext_stats,
3778};
3779
3780static void phylib_register_stubs(void)
3781{
3782	phylib_stubs = &__phylib_stubs;
3783}
3784
3785static void phylib_unregister_stubs(void)
3786{
3787	phylib_stubs = NULL;
3788}
3789
3790static int __init phy_init(void)
3791{
3792	int rc;
3793
3794	rtnl_lock();
3795	ethtool_set_ethtool_phy_ops(&phy_ethtool_phy_ops);
3796	phylib_register_stubs();
3797	rtnl_unlock();
3798
3799	rc = mdio_bus_init();
3800	if (rc)
3801		goto err_ethtool_phy_ops;
3802
3803	features_init();
3804
3805	rc = phy_driver_register(&genphy_c45_driver, THIS_MODULE);
3806	if (rc)
3807		goto err_mdio_bus;
3808
3809	rc = phy_driver_register(&genphy_driver, THIS_MODULE);
3810	if (rc)
3811		goto err_c45;
3812
3813	return 0;
3814
3815err_c45:
3816	phy_driver_unregister(&genphy_c45_driver);
3817err_mdio_bus:
3818	mdio_bus_exit();
3819err_ethtool_phy_ops:
3820	rtnl_lock();
3821	phylib_unregister_stubs();
3822	ethtool_set_ethtool_phy_ops(NULL);
3823	rtnl_unlock();
3824
3825	return rc;
3826}
3827
3828static void __exit phy_exit(void)
3829{
3830	phy_driver_unregister(&genphy_c45_driver);
3831	phy_driver_unregister(&genphy_driver);
3832	mdio_bus_exit();
3833	rtnl_lock();
3834	phylib_unregister_stubs();
3835	ethtool_set_ethtool_phy_ops(NULL);
3836	rtnl_unlock();
3837}
3838
3839subsys_initcall(phy_init);
3840module_exit(phy_exit);
v6.9.4
   1// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
   2/* Framework for finding and configuring PHYs.
   3 * Also contains generic PHY driver
   4 *
   5 * Author: Andy Fleming
   6 *
   7 * Copyright (c) 2004 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
   8 */
   9
  10#define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
  11
  12#include <linux/acpi.h>
  13#include <linux/bitmap.h>
  14#include <linux/delay.h>
  15#include <linux/errno.h>
  16#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
  17#include <linux/ethtool.h>
  18#include <linux/init.h>
  19#include <linux/interrupt.h>
  20#include <linux/io.h>
  21#include <linux/kernel.h>
  22#include <linux/list.h>
  23#include <linux/mdio.h>
  24#include <linux/mii.h>
  25#include <linux/mm.h>
  26#include <linux/module.h>
  27#include <linux/of.h>
  28#include <linux/netdevice.h>
  29#include <linux/phy.h>
  30#include <linux/phylib_stubs.h>
  31#include <linux/phy_led_triggers.h>
 
  32#include <linux/pse-pd/pse.h>
  33#include <linux/property.h>
  34#include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
  35#include <linux/sfp.h>
  36#include <linux/skbuff.h>
  37#include <linux/slab.h>
  38#include <linux/string.h>
  39#include <linux/uaccess.h>
  40#include <linux/unistd.h>
  41
  42MODULE_DESCRIPTION("PHY library");
  43MODULE_AUTHOR("Andy Fleming");
  44MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
  45
  46__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_basic_features) __ro_after_init;
  47EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_features);
  48
  49__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_basic_t1_features) __ro_after_init;
  50EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_t1_features);
  51
  52__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features) __ro_after_init;
  53EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features);
  54
  55__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_gbit_features) __ro_after_init;
  56EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_gbit_features);
  57
  58__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_gbit_fibre_features) __ro_after_init;
  59EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_gbit_fibre_features);
  60
  61__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_gbit_all_ports_features) __ro_after_init;
  62EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_gbit_all_ports_features);
  63
  64__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_10gbit_features) __ro_after_init;
  65EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_10gbit_features);
  66
  67__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_10gbit_fec_features) __ro_after_init;
  68EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_10gbit_fec_features);
  69
  70const int phy_basic_ports_array[3] = {
  71	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT,
  72	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_TP_BIT,
  73	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MII_BIT,
  74};
  75EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_ports_array);
  76
  77const int phy_fibre_port_array[1] = {
  78	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FIBRE_BIT,
  79};
  80EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_fibre_port_array);
  81
  82const int phy_all_ports_features_array[7] = {
  83	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT,
  84	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_TP_BIT,
  85	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MII_BIT,
  86	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FIBRE_BIT,
  87	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_AUI_BIT,
  88	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_BNC_BIT,
  89	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Backplane_BIT,
  90};
  91EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_all_ports_features_array);
  92
  93const int phy_10_100_features_array[4] = {
  94	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Half_BIT,
  95	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Full_BIT,
  96	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Half_BIT,
  97	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Full_BIT,
  98};
  99EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_10_100_features_array);
 100
 101const int phy_basic_t1_features_array[3] = {
 102	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_TP_BIT,
 103	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT1L_Full_BIT,
 104	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT1_Full_BIT,
 105};
 106EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_t1_features_array);
 107
 108const int phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features_array[2] = {
 109	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_TP_BIT,
 110	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT1S_P2MP_Half_BIT,
 111};
 112EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features_array);
 113
 114const int phy_gbit_features_array[2] = {
 115	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Half_BIT,
 116	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT,
 117};
 118EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_gbit_features_array);
 119
 120const int phy_10gbit_features_array[1] = {
 121	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseT_Full_BIT,
 122};
 123EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_10gbit_features_array);
 124
 125static const int phy_10gbit_fec_features_array[1] = {
 126	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseR_FEC_BIT,
 127};
 128
 129__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_10gbit_full_features) __ro_after_init;
 130EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_10gbit_full_features);
 131
 132static const int phy_10gbit_full_features_array[] = {
 133	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Full_BIT,
 134	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Full_BIT,
 135	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT,
 136	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseT_Full_BIT,
 137};
 138
 139static const int phy_eee_cap1_features_array[] = {
 140	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Full_BIT,
 141	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT,
 142	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseT_Full_BIT,
 143	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseKX_Full_BIT,
 144	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseKX4_Full_BIT,
 145	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseKR_Full_BIT,
 146};
 147
 148__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_eee_cap1_features) __ro_after_init;
 149EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_eee_cap1_features);
 150
 151static const int phy_eee_cap2_features_array[] = {
 152	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_2500baseT_Full_BIT,
 153	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_5000baseT_Full_BIT,
 154};
 155
 156__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(phy_eee_cap2_features) __ro_after_init;
 157EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_eee_cap2_features);
 158
 159static void features_init(void)
 160{
 161	/* 10/100 half/full*/
 162	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_ports_array,
 163			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_ports_array),
 164			       phy_basic_features);
 165	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10_100_features_array,
 166			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10_100_features_array),
 167			       phy_basic_features);
 168
 169	/* 100 full, TP */
 170	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_t1_features_array,
 171			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_t1_features_array),
 172			       phy_basic_t1_features);
 173
 174	/* 10 half, P2MP, TP */
 175	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features_array,
 176			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features_array),
 177			       phy_basic_t1s_p2mp_features);
 178
 179	/* 10/100 half/full + 1000 half/full */
 180	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_ports_array,
 181			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_ports_array),
 182			       phy_gbit_features);
 183	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10_100_features_array,
 184			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10_100_features_array),
 185			       phy_gbit_features);
 186	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_gbit_features_array,
 187			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_gbit_features_array),
 188			       phy_gbit_features);
 189
 190	/* 10/100 half/full + 1000 half/full + fibre*/
 191	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_ports_array,
 192			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_ports_array),
 193			       phy_gbit_fibre_features);
 194	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10_100_features_array,
 195			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10_100_features_array),
 196			       phy_gbit_fibre_features);
 197	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_gbit_features_array,
 198			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_gbit_features_array),
 199			       phy_gbit_fibre_features);
 200	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_fibre_port_array,
 201			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_fibre_port_array),
 202			       phy_gbit_fibre_features);
 203
 204	/* 10/100 half/full + 1000 half/full + TP/MII/FIBRE/AUI/BNC/Backplane*/
 205	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_all_ports_features_array,
 206			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_all_ports_features_array),
 207			       phy_gbit_all_ports_features);
 208	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10_100_features_array,
 209			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10_100_features_array),
 210			       phy_gbit_all_ports_features);
 211	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_gbit_features_array,
 212			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_gbit_features_array),
 213			       phy_gbit_all_ports_features);
 214
 215	/* 10/100 half/full + 1000 half/full + 10G full*/
 216	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_all_ports_features_array,
 217			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_all_ports_features_array),
 218			       phy_10gbit_features);
 219	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10_100_features_array,
 220			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10_100_features_array),
 221			       phy_10gbit_features);
 222	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_gbit_features_array,
 223			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_gbit_features_array),
 224			       phy_10gbit_features);
 225	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10gbit_features_array,
 226			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10gbit_features_array),
 227			       phy_10gbit_features);
 228
 229	/* 10/100/1000/10G full */
 230	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_all_ports_features_array,
 231			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_all_ports_features_array),
 232			       phy_10gbit_full_features);
 233	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10gbit_full_features_array,
 234			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10gbit_full_features_array),
 235			       phy_10gbit_full_features);
 236	/* 10G FEC only */
 237	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_10gbit_fec_features_array,
 238			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_10gbit_fec_features_array),
 239			       phy_10gbit_fec_features);
 240	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_eee_cap1_features_array,
 241			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_eee_cap1_features_array),
 242			       phy_eee_cap1_features);
 243	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_eee_cap2_features_array,
 244			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_eee_cap2_features_array),
 245			       phy_eee_cap2_features);
 246
 247}
 248
 249void phy_device_free(struct phy_device *phydev)
 250{
 251	put_device(&phydev->mdio.dev);
 252}
 253EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_device_free);
 254
 255static void phy_mdio_device_free(struct mdio_device *mdiodev)
 256{
 257	struct phy_device *phydev;
 258
 259	phydev = container_of(mdiodev, struct phy_device, mdio);
 260	phy_device_free(phydev);
 261}
 262
 263static void phy_device_release(struct device *dev)
 264{
 265	fwnode_handle_put(dev->fwnode);
 266	kfree(to_phy_device(dev));
 267}
 268
 269static void phy_mdio_device_remove(struct mdio_device *mdiodev)
 270{
 271	struct phy_device *phydev;
 272
 273	phydev = container_of(mdiodev, struct phy_device, mdio);
 274	phy_device_remove(phydev);
 275}
 276
 277static struct phy_driver genphy_driver;
 278
 279static LIST_HEAD(phy_fixup_list);
 280static DEFINE_MUTEX(phy_fixup_lock);
 281
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 282static bool mdio_bus_phy_may_suspend(struct phy_device *phydev)
 283{
 284	struct device_driver *drv = phydev->mdio.dev.driver;
 285	struct phy_driver *phydrv = to_phy_driver(drv);
 286	struct net_device *netdev = phydev->attached_dev;
 287
 288	if (!drv || !phydrv->suspend)
 289		return false;
 290
 
 
 
 
 
 
 291	/* PHY not attached? May suspend if the PHY has not already been
 292	 * suspended as part of a prior call to phy_disconnect() ->
 293	 * phy_detach() -> phy_suspend() because the parent netdev might be the
 294	 * MDIO bus driver and clock gated at this point.
 295	 */
 296	if (!netdev)
 297		goto out;
 298
 299	if (netdev->wol_enabled)
 300		return false;
 301
 302	/* As long as not all affected network drivers support the
 303	 * wol_enabled flag, let's check for hints that WoL is enabled.
 304	 * Don't suspend PHY if the attached netdev parent may wake up.
 305	 * The parent may point to a PCI device, as in tg3 driver.
 306	 */
 307	if (netdev->dev.parent && device_may_wakeup(netdev->dev.parent))
 308		return false;
 309
 310	/* Also don't suspend PHY if the netdev itself may wakeup. This
 311	 * is the case for devices w/o underlaying pwr. mgmt. aware bus,
 312	 * e.g. SoC devices.
 313	 */
 314	if (device_may_wakeup(&netdev->dev))
 315		return false;
 316
 317out:
 318	return !phydev->suspended;
 319}
 320
 321static __maybe_unused int mdio_bus_phy_suspend(struct device *dev)
 322{
 323	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 324
 325	if (phydev->mac_managed_pm)
 326		return 0;
 327
 328	/* Wakeup interrupts may occur during the system sleep transition when
 329	 * the PHY is inaccessible. Set flag to postpone handling until the PHY
 330	 * has resumed. Wait for concurrent interrupt handler to complete.
 331	 */
 332	if (phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev)) {
 333		phydev->irq_suspended = 1;
 334		synchronize_irq(phydev->irq);
 335	}
 336
 337	/* We must stop the state machine manually, otherwise it stops out of
 338	 * control, possibly with the phydev->lock held. Upon resume, netdev
 339	 * may call phy routines that try to grab the same lock, and that may
 340	 * lead to a deadlock.
 341	 */
 342	if (phydev->attached_dev && phydev->adjust_link)
 343		phy_stop_machine(phydev);
 344
 345	if (!mdio_bus_phy_may_suspend(phydev))
 346		return 0;
 347
 348	phydev->suspended_by_mdio_bus = 1;
 349
 350	return phy_suspend(phydev);
 351}
 352
 353static __maybe_unused int mdio_bus_phy_resume(struct device *dev)
 354{
 355	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 356	int ret;
 357
 358	if (phydev->mac_managed_pm)
 359		return 0;
 360
 361	if (!phydev->suspended_by_mdio_bus)
 362		goto no_resume;
 363
 364	phydev->suspended_by_mdio_bus = 0;
 365
 366	/* If we managed to get here with the PHY state machine in a state
 367	 * neither PHY_HALTED, PHY_READY nor PHY_UP, this is an indication
 368	 * that something went wrong and we should most likely be using
 369	 * MAC managed PM, but we are not.
 370	 */
 371	WARN_ON(phydev->state != PHY_HALTED && phydev->state != PHY_READY &&
 372		phydev->state != PHY_UP);
 373
 374	ret = phy_init_hw(phydev);
 375	if (ret < 0)
 376		return ret;
 377
 378	ret = phy_resume(phydev);
 379	if (ret < 0)
 380		return ret;
 381no_resume:
 382	if (phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev)) {
 383		phydev->irq_suspended = 0;
 384		synchronize_irq(phydev->irq);
 385
 386		/* Rerun interrupts which were postponed by phy_interrupt()
 387		 * because they occurred during the system sleep transition.
 388		 */
 389		if (phydev->irq_rerun) {
 390			phydev->irq_rerun = 0;
 391			enable_irq(phydev->irq);
 392			irq_wake_thread(phydev->irq, phydev);
 393		}
 394	}
 395
 396	if (phydev->attached_dev && phydev->adjust_link)
 397		phy_start_machine(phydev);
 398
 399	return 0;
 400}
 401
 402static SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS(mdio_bus_phy_pm_ops, mdio_bus_phy_suspend,
 403			 mdio_bus_phy_resume);
 404
 405/**
 406 * phy_register_fixup - creates a new phy_fixup and adds it to the list
 407 * @bus_id: A string which matches phydev->mdio.dev.bus_id (or PHY_ANY_ID)
 408 * @phy_uid: Used to match against phydev->phy_id (the UID of the PHY)
 409 *	It can also be PHY_ANY_UID
 410 * @phy_uid_mask: Applied to phydev->phy_id and fixup->phy_uid before
 411 *	comparison
 412 * @run: The actual code to be run when a matching PHY is found
 413 */
 414int phy_register_fixup(const char *bus_id, u32 phy_uid, u32 phy_uid_mask,
 415		       int (*run)(struct phy_device *))
 416{
 417	struct phy_fixup *fixup = kzalloc(sizeof(*fixup), GFP_KERNEL);
 418
 419	if (!fixup)
 420		return -ENOMEM;
 421
 422	strscpy(fixup->bus_id, bus_id, sizeof(fixup->bus_id));
 423	fixup->phy_uid = phy_uid;
 424	fixup->phy_uid_mask = phy_uid_mask;
 425	fixup->run = run;
 426
 427	mutex_lock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 428	list_add_tail(&fixup->list, &phy_fixup_list);
 429	mutex_unlock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 430
 431	return 0;
 432}
 433EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_register_fixup);
 434
 435/* Registers a fixup to be run on any PHY with the UID in phy_uid */
 436int phy_register_fixup_for_uid(u32 phy_uid, u32 phy_uid_mask,
 437			       int (*run)(struct phy_device *))
 438{
 439	return phy_register_fixup(PHY_ANY_ID, phy_uid, phy_uid_mask, run);
 440}
 441EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_register_fixup_for_uid);
 442
 443/* Registers a fixup to be run on the PHY with id string bus_id */
 444int phy_register_fixup_for_id(const char *bus_id,
 445			      int (*run)(struct phy_device *))
 446{
 447	return phy_register_fixup(bus_id, PHY_ANY_UID, 0xffffffff, run);
 448}
 449EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_register_fixup_for_id);
 450
 451/**
 452 * phy_unregister_fixup - remove a phy_fixup from the list
 453 * @bus_id: A string matches fixup->bus_id (or PHY_ANY_ID) in phy_fixup_list
 454 * @phy_uid: A phy id matches fixup->phy_id (or PHY_ANY_UID) in phy_fixup_list
 455 * @phy_uid_mask: Applied to phy_uid and fixup->phy_uid before comparison
 456 */
 457int phy_unregister_fixup(const char *bus_id, u32 phy_uid, u32 phy_uid_mask)
 458{
 459	struct list_head *pos, *n;
 460	struct phy_fixup *fixup;
 461	int ret;
 462
 463	ret = -ENODEV;
 464
 465	mutex_lock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 466	list_for_each_safe(pos, n, &phy_fixup_list) {
 467		fixup = list_entry(pos, struct phy_fixup, list);
 468
 469		if ((!strcmp(fixup->bus_id, bus_id)) &&
 470		    phy_id_compare(fixup->phy_uid, phy_uid, phy_uid_mask)) {
 471			list_del(&fixup->list);
 472			kfree(fixup);
 473			ret = 0;
 474			break;
 475		}
 476	}
 477	mutex_unlock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 478
 479	return ret;
 480}
 481EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_unregister_fixup);
 482
 483/* Unregisters a fixup of any PHY with the UID in phy_uid */
 484int phy_unregister_fixup_for_uid(u32 phy_uid, u32 phy_uid_mask)
 485{
 486	return phy_unregister_fixup(PHY_ANY_ID, phy_uid, phy_uid_mask);
 487}
 488EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_unregister_fixup_for_uid);
 489
 490/* Unregisters a fixup of the PHY with id string bus_id */
 491int phy_unregister_fixup_for_id(const char *bus_id)
 492{
 493	return phy_unregister_fixup(bus_id, PHY_ANY_UID, 0xffffffff);
 494}
 495EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_unregister_fixup_for_id);
 496
 497/* Returns 1 if fixup matches phydev in bus_id and phy_uid.
 498 * Fixups can be set to match any in one or more fields.
 499 */
 500static int phy_needs_fixup(struct phy_device *phydev, struct phy_fixup *fixup)
 501{
 502	if (strcmp(fixup->bus_id, phydev_name(phydev)) != 0)
 503		if (strcmp(fixup->bus_id, PHY_ANY_ID) != 0)
 504			return 0;
 505
 506	if (!phy_id_compare(phydev->phy_id, fixup->phy_uid,
 507			    fixup->phy_uid_mask))
 508		if (fixup->phy_uid != PHY_ANY_UID)
 509			return 0;
 510
 511	return 1;
 512}
 513
 514/* Runs any matching fixups for this phydev */
 515static int phy_scan_fixups(struct phy_device *phydev)
 516{
 517	struct phy_fixup *fixup;
 518
 519	mutex_lock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 520	list_for_each_entry(fixup, &phy_fixup_list, list) {
 521		if (phy_needs_fixup(phydev, fixup)) {
 522			int err = fixup->run(phydev);
 523
 524			if (err < 0) {
 525				mutex_unlock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 526				return err;
 527			}
 528			phydev->has_fixups = true;
 529		}
 530	}
 531	mutex_unlock(&phy_fixup_lock);
 532
 533	return 0;
 534}
 535
 536static int phy_bus_match(struct device *dev, struct device_driver *drv)
 537{
 538	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 539	struct phy_driver *phydrv = to_phy_driver(drv);
 540	const int num_ids = ARRAY_SIZE(phydev->c45_ids.device_ids);
 541	int i;
 542
 543	if (!(phydrv->mdiodrv.flags & MDIO_DEVICE_IS_PHY))
 544		return 0;
 545
 546	if (phydrv->match_phy_device)
 547		return phydrv->match_phy_device(phydev);
 548
 549	if (phydev->is_c45) {
 550		for (i = 1; i < num_ids; i++) {
 551			if (phydev->c45_ids.device_ids[i] == 0xffffffff)
 552				continue;
 553
 554			if (phy_id_compare(phydev->c45_ids.device_ids[i],
 555					   phydrv->phy_id, phydrv->phy_id_mask))
 556				return 1;
 557		}
 558		return 0;
 559	} else {
 560		return phy_id_compare(phydev->phy_id, phydrv->phy_id,
 561				      phydrv->phy_id_mask);
 562	}
 563}
 564
 565static ssize_t
 566phy_id_show(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
 567{
 568	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 569
 570	return sysfs_emit(buf, "0x%.8lx\n", (unsigned long)phydev->phy_id);
 571}
 572static DEVICE_ATTR_RO(phy_id);
 573
 574static ssize_t
 575phy_interface_show(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
 576{
 577	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 578	const char *mode = NULL;
 579
 580	if (phy_is_internal(phydev))
 581		mode = "internal";
 582	else
 583		mode = phy_modes(phydev->interface);
 584
 585	return sysfs_emit(buf, "%s\n", mode);
 586}
 587static DEVICE_ATTR_RO(phy_interface);
 588
 589static ssize_t
 590phy_has_fixups_show(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
 591		    char *buf)
 592{
 593	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 594
 595	return sysfs_emit(buf, "%d\n", phydev->has_fixups);
 596}
 597static DEVICE_ATTR_RO(phy_has_fixups);
 598
 599static ssize_t phy_dev_flags_show(struct device *dev,
 600				  struct device_attribute *attr,
 601				  char *buf)
 602{
 603	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
 604
 605	return sysfs_emit(buf, "0x%08x\n", phydev->dev_flags);
 606}
 607static DEVICE_ATTR_RO(phy_dev_flags);
 608
 609static struct attribute *phy_dev_attrs[] = {
 610	&dev_attr_phy_id.attr,
 611	&dev_attr_phy_interface.attr,
 612	&dev_attr_phy_has_fixups.attr,
 613	&dev_attr_phy_dev_flags.attr,
 614	NULL,
 615};
 616ATTRIBUTE_GROUPS(phy_dev);
 617
 618static const struct device_type mdio_bus_phy_type = {
 619	.name = "PHY",
 620	.groups = phy_dev_groups,
 621	.release = phy_device_release,
 622	.pm = pm_ptr(&mdio_bus_phy_pm_ops),
 623};
 624
 625static int phy_request_driver_module(struct phy_device *dev, u32 phy_id)
 626{
 627	int ret;
 628
 629	ret = request_module(MDIO_MODULE_PREFIX MDIO_ID_FMT,
 630			     MDIO_ID_ARGS(phy_id));
 631	/* We only check for failures in executing the usermode binary,
 632	 * not whether a PHY driver module exists for the PHY ID.
 633	 * Accept -ENOENT because this may occur in case no initramfs exists,
 634	 * then modprobe isn't available.
 635	 */
 636	if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_MODULES) && ret < 0 && ret != -ENOENT) {
 637		phydev_err(dev, "error %d loading PHY driver module for ID 0x%08lx\n",
 638			   ret, (unsigned long)phy_id);
 639		return ret;
 640	}
 641
 642	return 0;
 643}
 644
 645struct phy_device *phy_device_create(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, u32 phy_id,
 646				     bool is_c45,
 647				     struct phy_c45_device_ids *c45_ids)
 648{
 649	struct phy_device *dev;
 650	struct mdio_device *mdiodev;
 651	int ret = 0;
 652
 653	/* We allocate the device, and initialize the default values */
 654	dev = kzalloc(sizeof(*dev), GFP_KERNEL);
 655	if (!dev)
 656		return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
 657
 658	mdiodev = &dev->mdio;
 659	mdiodev->dev.parent = &bus->dev;
 660	mdiodev->dev.bus = &mdio_bus_type;
 661	mdiodev->dev.type = &mdio_bus_phy_type;
 662	mdiodev->bus = bus;
 663	mdiodev->bus_match = phy_bus_match;
 664	mdiodev->addr = addr;
 665	mdiodev->flags = MDIO_DEVICE_FLAG_PHY;
 666	mdiodev->device_free = phy_mdio_device_free;
 667	mdiodev->device_remove = phy_mdio_device_remove;
 668	mdiodev->reset_state = -1;
 669
 670	dev->speed = SPEED_UNKNOWN;
 671	dev->duplex = DUPLEX_UNKNOWN;
 672	dev->pause = 0;
 673	dev->asym_pause = 0;
 674	dev->link = 0;
 675	dev->port = PORT_TP;
 676	dev->interface = PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_GMII;
 677
 678	dev->autoneg = AUTONEG_ENABLE;
 679
 680	dev->pma_extable = -ENODATA;
 681	dev->is_c45 = is_c45;
 682	dev->phy_id = phy_id;
 683	if (c45_ids)
 684		dev->c45_ids = *c45_ids;
 685	dev->irq = bus->irq[addr];
 686
 687	dev_set_name(&mdiodev->dev, PHY_ID_FMT, bus->id, addr);
 688	device_initialize(&mdiodev->dev);
 689
 690	dev->state = PHY_DOWN;
 691	INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dev->leds);
 692
 693	mutex_init(&dev->lock);
 694	INIT_DELAYED_WORK(&dev->state_queue, phy_state_machine);
 695
 696	/* Request the appropriate module unconditionally; don't
 697	 * bother trying to do so only if it isn't already loaded,
 698	 * because that gets complicated. A hotplug event would have
 699	 * done an unconditional modprobe anyway.
 700	 * We don't do normal hotplug because it won't work for MDIO
 701	 * -- because it relies on the device staying around for long
 702	 * enough for the driver to get loaded. With MDIO, the NIC
 703	 * driver will get bored and give up as soon as it finds that
 704	 * there's no driver _already_ loaded.
 705	 */
 706	if (is_c45 && c45_ids) {
 707		const int num_ids = ARRAY_SIZE(c45_ids->device_ids);
 708		int i;
 709
 710		for (i = 1; i < num_ids; i++) {
 711			if (c45_ids->device_ids[i] == 0xffffffff)
 712				continue;
 713
 714			ret = phy_request_driver_module(dev,
 715						c45_ids->device_ids[i]);
 716			if (ret)
 717				break;
 718		}
 719	} else {
 720		ret = phy_request_driver_module(dev, phy_id);
 721	}
 722
 723	if (ret) {
 724		put_device(&mdiodev->dev);
 725		dev = ERR_PTR(ret);
 726	}
 727
 728	return dev;
 729}
 730EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_device_create);
 731
 732/* phy_c45_probe_present - checks to see if a MMD is present in the package
 733 * @bus: the target MII bus
 734 * @prtad: PHY package address on the MII bus
 735 * @devad: PHY device (MMD) address
 736 *
 737 * Read the MDIO_STAT2 register, and check whether a device is responding
 738 * at this address.
 739 *
 740 * Returns: negative error number on bus access error, zero if no device
 741 * is responding, or positive if a device is present.
 742 */
 743static int phy_c45_probe_present(struct mii_bus *bus, int prtad, int devad)
 744{
 745	int stat2;
 746
 747	stat2 = mdiobus_c45_read(bus, prtad, devad, MDIO_STAT2);
 748	if (stat2 < 0)
 749		return stat2;
 750
 751	return (stat2 & MDIO_STAT2_DEVPRST) == MDIO_STAT2_DEVPRST_VAL;
 752}
 753
 754/* get_phy_c45_devs_in_pkg - reads a MMD's devices in package registers.
 755 * @bus: the target MII bus
 756 * @addr: PHY address on the MII bus
 757 * @dev_addr: MMD address in the PHY.
 758 * @devices_in_package: where to store the devices in package information.
 759 *
 760 * Description: reads devices in package registers of a MMD at @dev_addr
 761 * from PHY at @addr on @bus.
 762 *
 763 * Returns: 0 on success, -EIO on failure.
 764 */
 765static int get_phy_c45_devs_in_pkg(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int dev_addr,
 766				   u32 *devices_in_package)
 767{
 768	int phy_reg;
 769
 770	phy_reg = mdiobus_c45_read(bus, addr, dev_addr, MDIO_DEVS2);
 771	if (phy_reg < 0)
 772		return -EIO;
 773	*devices_in_package = phy_reg << 16;
 774
 775	phy_reg = mdiobus_c45_read(bus, addr, dev_addr, MDIO_DEVS1);
 776	if (phy_reg < 0)
 777		return -EIO;
 778	*devices_in_package |= phy_reg;
 779
 780	return 0;
 781}
 782
 783/**
 784 * get_phy_c45_ids - reads the specified addr for its 802.3-c45 IDs.
 785 * @bus: the target MII bus
 786 * @addr: PHY address on the MII bus
 787 * @c45_ids: where to store the c45 ID information.
 788 *
 789 * Read the PHY "devices in package". If this appears to be valid, read
 790 * the PHY identifiers for each device. Return the "devices in package"
 791 * and identifiers in @c45_ids.
 792 *
 793 * Returns zero on success, %-EIO on bus access error, or %-ENODEV if
 794 * the "devices in package" is invalid or no device responds.
 795 */
 796static int get_phy_c45_ids(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr,
 797			   struct phy_c45_device_ids *c45_ids)
 798{
 799	const int num_ids = ARRAY_SIZE(c45_ids->device_ids);
 800	u32 devs_in_pkg = 0;
 801	int i, ret, phy_reg;
 802
 803	/* Find first non-zero Devices In package. Device zero is reserved
 804	 * for 802.3 c45 complied PHYs, so don't probe it at first.
 805	 */
 806	for (i = 1; i < MDIO_MMD_NUM && (devs_in_pkg == 0 ||
 807	     (devs_in_pkg & 0x1fffffff) == 0x1fffffff); i++) {
 808		if (i == MDIO_MMD_VEND1 || i == MDIO_MMD_VEND2) {
 809			/* Check that there is a device present at this
 810			 * address before reading the devices-in-package
 811			 * register to avoid reading garbage from the PHY.
 812			 * Some PHYs (88x3310) vendor space is not IEEE802.3
 813			 * compliant.
 814			 */
 815			ret = phy_c45_probe_present(bus, addr, i);
 816			if (ret < 0)
 817				/* returning -ENODEV doesn't stop bus
 818				 * scanning
 819				 */
 820				return (phy_reg == -EIO ||
 821					phy_reg == -ENODEV) ? -ENODEV : -EIO;
 822
 823			if (!ret)
 824				continue;
 825		}
 826		phy_reg = get_phy_c45_devs_in_pkg(bus, addr, i, &devs_in_pkg);
 827		if (phy_reg < 0)
 828			return -EIO;
 829	}
 830
 831	if ((devs_in_pkg & 0x1fffffff) == 0x1fffffff) {
 832		/* If mostly Fs, there is no device there, then let's probe
 833		 * MMD 0, as some 10G PHYs have zero Devices In package,
 834		 * e.g. Cortina CS4315/CS4340 PHY.
 835		 */
 836		phy_reg = get_phy_c45_devs_in_pkg(bus, addr, 0, &devs_in_pkg);
 837		if (phy_reg < 0)
 838			return -EIO;
 839
 840		/* no device there, let's get out of here */
 841		if ((devs_in_pkg & 0x1fffffff) == 0x1fffffff)
 842			return -ENODEV;
 843	}
 844
 845	/* Now probe Device Identifiers for each device present. */
 846	for (i = 1; i < num_ids; i++) {
 847		if (!(devs_in_pkg & (1 << i)))
 848			continue;
 849
 850		if (i == MDIO_MMD_VEND1 || i == MDIO_MMD_VEND2) {
 851			/* Probe the "Device Present" bits for the vendor MMDs
 852			 * to ignore these if they do not contain IEEE 802.3
 853			 * registers.
 854			 */
 855			ret = phy_c45_probe_present(bus, addr, i);
 856			if (ret < 0)
 857				return ret;
 858
 859			if (!ret)
 860				continue;
 861		}
 862
 863		phy_reg = mdiobus_c45_read(bus, addr, i, MII_PHYSID1);
 864		if (phy_reg < 0)
 865			return -EIO;
 866		c45_ids->device_ids[i] = phy_reg << 16;
 867
 868		phy_reg = mdiobus_c45_read(bus, addr, i, MII_PHYSID2);
 869		if (phy_reg < 0)
 870			return -EIO;
 871		c45_ids->device_ids[i] |= phy_reg;
 872	}
 873
 874	c45_ids->devices_in_package = devs_in_pkg;
 875	/* Bit 0 doesn't represent a device, it indicates c22 regs presence */
 876	c45_ids->mmds_present = devs_in_pkg & ~BIT(0);
 877
 878	return 0;
 879}
 880
 881/**
 882 * get_phy_c22_id - reads the specified addr for its clause 22 ID.
 883 * @bus: the target MII bus
 884 * @addr: PHY address on the MII bus
 885 * @phy_id: where to store the ID retrieved.
 886 *
 887 * Read the 802.3 clause 22 PHY ID from the PHY at @addr on the @bus,
 888 * placing it in @phy_id. Return zero on successful read and the ID is
 889 * valid, %-EIO on bus access error, or %-ENODEV if no device responds
 890 * or invalid ID.
 891 */
 892static int get_phy_c22_id(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, u32 *phy_id)
 893{
 894	int phy_reg;
 895
 896	/* Grab the bits from PHYIR1, and put them in the upper half */
 897	phy_reg = mdiobus_read(bus, addr, MII_PHYSID1);
 898	if (phy_reg < 0) {
 899		/* returning -ENODEV doesn't stop bus scanning */
 900		return (phy_reg == -EIO || phy_reg == -ENODEV) ? -ENODEV : -EIO;
 901	}
 902
 903	*phy_id = phy_reg << 16;
 904
 905	/* Grab the bits from PHYIR2, and put them in the lower half */
 906	phy_reg = mdiobus_read(bus, addr, MII_PHYSID2);
 907	if (phy_reg < 0) {
 908		/* returning -ENODEV doesn't stop bus scanning */
 909		return (phy_reg == -EIO || phy_reg == -ENODEV) ? -ENODEV : -EIO;
 910	}
 911
 912	*phy_id |= phy_reg;
 913
 914	/* If the phy_id is mostly Fs, there is no device there */
 915	if ((*phy_id & 0x1fffffff) == 0x1fffffff)
 916		return -ENODEV;
 917
 918	return 0;
 919}
 920
 921/* Extract the phy ID from the compatible string of the form
 922 * ethernet-phy-idAAAA.BBBB.
 923 */
 924int fwnode_get_phy_id(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode, u32 *phy_id)
 925{
 926	unsigned int upper, lower;
 927	const char *cp;
 928	int ret;
 929
 930	ret = fwnode_property_read_string(fwnode, "compatible", &cp);
 931	if (ret)
 932		return ret;
 933
 934	if (sscanf(cp, "ethernet-phy-id%4x.%4x", &upper, &lower) != 2)
 935		return -EINVAL;
 936
 937	*phy_id = ((upper & GENMASK(15, 0)) << 16) | (lower & GENMASK(15, 0));
 938	return 0;
 939}
 940EXPORT_SYMBOL(fwnode_get_phy_id);
 941
 942/**
 943 * get_phy_device - reads the specified PHY device and returns its @phy_device
 944 *		    struct
 945 * @bus: the target MII bus
 946 * @addr: PHY address on the MII bus
 947 * @is_c45: If true the PHY uses the 802.3 clause 45 protocol
 948 *
 949 * Probe for a PHY at @addr on @bus.
 950 *
 951 * When probing for a clause 22 PHY, then read the ID registers. If we find
 952 * a valid ID, allocate and return a &struct phy_device.
 953 *
 954 * When probing for a clause 45 PHY, read the "devices in package" registers.
 955 * If the "devices in package" appears valid, read the ID registers for each
 956 * MMD, allocate and return a &struct phy_device.
 957 *
 958 * Returns an allocated &struct phy_device on success, %-ENODEV if there is
 959 * no PHY present, or %-EIO on bus access error.
 960 */
 961struct phy_device *get_phy_device(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, bool is_c45)
 962{
 963	struct phy_c45_device_ids c45_ids;
 964	u32 phy_id = 0;
 965	int r;
 966
 967	c45_ids.devices_in_package = 0;
 968	c45_ids.mmds_present = 0;
 969	memset(c45_ids.device_ids, 0xff, sizeof(c45_ids.device_ids));
 970
 971	if (is_c45)
 972		r = get_phy_c45_ids(bus, addr, &c45_ids);
 973	else
 974		r = get_phy_c22_id(bus, addr, &phy_id);
 975
 976	if (r)
 977		return ERR_PTR(r);
 978
 979	/* PHY device such as the Marvell Alaska 88E2110 will return a PHY ID
 980	 * of 0 when probed using get_phy_c22_id() with no error. Proceed to
 981	 * probe with C45 to see if we're able to get a valid PHY ID in the C45
 982	 * space, if successful, create the C45 PHY device.
 983	 */
 984	if (!is_c45 && phy_id == 0 && bus->read_c45) {
 985		r = get_phy_c45_ids(bus, addr, &c45_ids);
 986		if (!r)
 987			return phy_device_create(bus, addr, phy_id,
 988						 true, &c45_ids);
 989	}
 990
 991	return phy_device_create(bus, addr, phy_id, is_c45, &c45_ids);
 992}
 993EXPORT_SYMBOL(get_phy_device);
 994
 995/**
 996 * phy_device_register - Register the phy device on the MDIO bus
 997 * @phydev: phy_device structure to be added to the MDIO bus
 998 */
 999int phy_device_register(struct phy_device *phydev)
1000{
1001	int err;
1002
1003	err = mdiobus_register_device(&phydev->mdio);
1004	if (err)
1005		return err;
1006
1007	/* Deassert the reset signal */
1008	phy_device_reset(phydev, 0);
1009
1010	/* Run all of the fixups for this PHY */
1011	err = phy_scan_fixups(phydev);
1012	if (err) {
1013		phydev_err(phydev, "failed to initialize\n");
1014		goto out;
1015	}
1016
1017	err = device_add(&phydev->mdio.dev);
1018	if (err) {
1019		phydev_err(phydev, "failed to add\n");
1020		goto out;
1021	}
1022
1023	return 0;
1024
1025 out:
1026	/* Assert the reset signal */
1027	phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
1028
1029	mdiobus_unregister_device(&phydev->mdio);
1030	return err;
1031}
1032EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_device_register);
1033
1034/**
1035 * phy_device_remove - Remove a previously registered phy device from the MDIO bus
1036 * @phydev: phy_device structure to remove
1037 *
1038 * This doesn't free the phy_device itself, it merely reverses the effects
1039 * of phy_device_register(). Use phy_device_free() to free the device
1040 * after calling this function.
1041 */
1042void phy_device_remove(struct phy_device *phydev)
1043{
1044	unregister_mii_timestamper(phydev->mii_ts);
1045	pse_control_put(phydev->psec);
1046
1047	device_del(&phydev->mdio.dev);
1048
1049	/* Assert the reset signal */
1050	phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
1051
1052	mdiobus_unregister_device(&phydev->mdio);
1053}
1054EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_device_remove);
1055
1056/**
1057 * phy_get_c45_ids - Read 802.3-c45 IDs for phy device.
1058 * @phydev: phy_device structure to read 802.3-c45 IDs
1059 *
1060 * Returns zero on success, %-EIO on bus access error, or %-ENODEV if
1061 * the "devices in package" is invalid.
1062 */
1063int phy_get_c45_ids(struct phy_device *phydev)
1064{
1065	return get_phy_c45_ids(phydev->mdio.bus, phydev->mdio.addr,
1066			       &phydev->c45_ids);
1067}
1068EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_get_c45_ids);
1069
1070/**
1071 * phy_find_first - finds the first PHY device on the bus
1072 * @bus: the target MII bus
1073 */
1074struct phy_device *phy_find_first(struct mii_bus *bus)
1075{
1076	struct phy_device *phydev;
1077	int addr;
1078
1079	for (addr = 0; addr < PHY_MAX_ADDR; addr++) {
1080		phydev = mdiobus_get_phy(bus, addr);
1081		if (phydev)
1082			return phydev;
1083	}
1084	return NULL;
1085}
1086EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_find_first);
1087
1088static void phy_link_change(struct phy_device *phydev, bool up)
1089{
1090	struct net_device *netdev = phydev->attached_dev;
1091
1092	if (up)
1093		netif_carrier_on(netdev);
1094	else
1095		netif_carrier_off(netdev);
1096	phydev->adjust_link(netdev);
1097	if (phydev->mii_ts && phydev->mii_ts->link_state)
1098		phydev->mii_ts->link_state(phydev->mii_ts, phydev);
1099}
1100
1101/**
1102 * phy_prepare_link - prepares the PHY layer to monitor link status
1103 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1104 * @handler: callback function for link status change notifications
1105 *
1106 * Description: Tells the PHY infrastructure to handle the
1107 *   gory details on monitoring link status (whether through
1108 *   polling or an interrupt), and to call back to the
1109 *   connected device driver when the link status changes.
1110 *   If you want to monitor your own link state, don't call
1111 *   this function.
1112 */
1113static void phy_prepare_link(struct phy_device *phydev,
1114			     void (*handler)(struct net_device *))
1115{
1116	phydev->adjust_link = handler;
1117}
1118
1119/**
1120 * phy_connect_direct - connect an ethernet device to a specific phy_device
1121 * @dev: the network device to connect
1122 * @phydev: the pointer to the phy device
1123 * @handler: callback function for state change notifications
1124 * @interface: PHY device's interface
1125 */
1126int phy_connect_direct(struct net_device *dev, struct phy_device *phydev,
1127		       void (*handler)(struct net_device *),
1128		       phy_interface_t interface)
1129{
1130	int rc;
1131
1132	if (!dev)
1133		return -EINVAL;
1134
1135	rc = phy_attach_direct(dev, phydev, phydev->dev_flags, interface);
1136	if (rc)
1137		return rc;
1138
1139	phy_prepare_link(phydev, handler);
1140	if (phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev))
1141		phy_request_interrupt(phydev);
1142
1143	return 0;
1144}
1145EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_connect_direct);
1146
1147/**
1148 * phy_connect - connect an ethernet device to a PHY device
1149 * @dev: the network device to connect
1150 * @bus_id: the id string of the PHY device to connect
1151 * @handler: callback function for state change notifications
1152 * @interface: PHY device's interface
1153 *
1154 * Description: Convenience function for connecting ethernet
1155 *   devices to PHY devices.  The default behavior is for
1156 *   the PHY infrastructure to handle everything, and only notify
1157 *   the connected driver when the link status changes.  If you
1158 *   don't want, or can't use the provided functionality, you may
1159 *   choose to call only the subset of functions which provide
1160 *   the desired functionality.
1161 */
1162struct phy_device *phy_connect(struct net_device *dev, const char *bus_id,
1163			       void (*handler)(struct net_device *),
1164			       phy_interface_t interface)
1165{
1166	struct phy_device *phydev;
1167	struct device *d;
1168	int rc;
1169
1170	/* Search the list of PHY devices on the mdio bus for the
1171	 * PHY with the requested name
1172	 */
1173	d = bus_find_device_by_name(&mdio_bus_type, NULL, bus_id);
1174	if (!d) {
1175		pr_err("PHY %s not found\n", bus_id);
1176		return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
1177	}
1178	phydev = to_phy_device(d);
1179
1180	rc = phy_connect_direct(dev, phydev, handler, interface);
1181	put_device(d);
1182	if (rc)
1183		return ERR_PTR(rc);
1184
1185	return phydev;
1186}
1187EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_connect);
1188
1189/**
1190 * phy_disconnect - disable interrupts, stop state machine, and detach a PHY
1191 *		    device
1192 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1193 */
1194void phy_disconnect(struct phy_device *phydev)
1195{
1196	if (phy_is_started(phydev))
1197		phy_stop(phydev);
1198
1199	if (phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev))
1200		phy_free_interrupt(phydev);
1201
1202	phydev->adjust_link = NULL;
1203
1204	phy_detach(phydev);
1205}
1206EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_disconnect);
1207
1208/**
1209 * phy_poll_reset - Safely wait until a PHY reset has properly completed
1210 * @phydev: The PHY device to poll
1211 *
1212 * Description: According to IEEE 802.3, Section 2, Subsection 22.2.4.1.1, as
1213 *   published in 2008, a PHY reset may take up to 0.5 seconds.  The MII BMCR
1214 *   register must be polled until the BMCR_RESET bit clears.
1215 *
1216 *   Furthermore, any attempts to write to PHY registers may have no effect
1217 *   or even generate MDIO bus errors until this is complete.
1218 *
1219 *   Some PHYs (such as the Marvell 88E1111) don't entirely conform to the
1220 *   standard and do not fully reset after the BMCR_RESET bit is set, and may
1221 *   even *REQUIRE* a soft-reset to properly restart autonegotiation.  In an
1222 *   effort to support such broken PHYs, this function is separate from the
1223 *   standard phy_init_hw() which will zero all the other bits in the BMCR
1224 *   and reapply all driver-specific and board-specific fixups.
1225 */
1226static int phy_poll_reset(struct phy_device *phydev)
1227{
1228	/* Poll until the reset bit clears (50ms per retry == 0.6 sec) */
1229	int ret, val;
1230
1231	ret = phy_read_poll_timeout(phydev, MII_BMCR, val, !(val & BMCR_RESET),
1232				    50000, 600000, true);
1233	if (ret)
1234		return ret;
1235	/* Some chips (smsc911x) may still need up to another 1ms after the
1236	 * BMCR_RESET bit is cleared before they are usable.
1237	 */
1238	msleep(1);
1239	return 0;
1240}
1241
1242int phy_init_hw(struct phy_device *phydev)
1243{
1244	int ret = 0;
1245
1246	/* Deassert the reset signal */
1247	phy_device_reset(phydev, 0);
1248
1249	if (!phydev->drv)
1250		return 0;
1251
1252	if (phydev->drv->soft_reset) {
1253		ret = phydev->drv->soft_reset(phydev);
1254		if (ret < 0)
1255			return ret;
1256
1257		/* see comment in genphy_soft_reset for an explanation */
1258		phydev->suspended = 0;
1259	}
1260
1261	ret = phy_scan_fixups(phydev);
1262	if (ret < 0)
1263		return ret;
1264
1265	phy_interface_zero(phydev->possible_interfaces);
1266
1267	if (phydev->drv->config_init) {
1268		ret = phydev->drv->config_init(phydev);
1269		if (ret < 0)
1270			return ret;
1271	}
1272
1273	if (phydev->drv->config_intr) {
1274		ret = phydev->drv->config_intr(phydev);
1275		if (ret < 0)
1276			return ret;
1277	}
1278
1279	return 0;
1280}
1281EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_init_hw);
1282
1283void phy_attached_info(struct phy_device *phydev)
1284{
1285	phy_attached_print(phydev, NULL);
1286}
1287EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_attached_info);
1288
1289#define ATTACHED_FMT "attached PHY driver %s(mii_bus:phy_addr=%s, irq=%s)"
1290char *phy_attached_info_irq(struct phy_device *phydev)
1291{
1292	char *irq_str;
1293	char irq_num[8];
1294
1295	switch(phydev->irq) {
1296	case PHY_POLL:
1297		irq_str = "POLL";
1298		break;
1299	case PHY_MAC_INTERRUPT:
1300		irq_str = "MAC";
1301		break;
1302	default:
1303		snprintf(irq_num, sizeof(irq_num), "%d", phydev->irq);
1304		irq_str = irq_num;
1305		break;
1306	}
1307
1308	return kasprintf(GFP_KERNEL, "%s", irq_str);
1309}
1310EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_attached_info_irq);
1311
1312void phy_attached_print(struct phy_device *phydev, const char *fmt, ...)
1313{
1314	const char *unbound = phydev->drv ? "" : "[unbound] ";
1315	char *irq_str = phy_attached_info_irq(phydev);
1316
1317	if (!fmt) {
1318		phydev_info(phydev, ATTACHED_FMT "\n", unbound,
1319			    phydev_name(phydev), irq_str);
1320	} else {
1321		va_list ap;
1322
1323		phydev_info(phydev, ATTACHED_FMT, unbound,
1324			    phydev_name(phydev), irq_str);
1325
1326		va_start(ap, fmt);
1327		vprintk(fmt, ap);
1328		va_end(ap);
1329	}
1330	kfree(irq_str);
1331}
1332EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_attached_print);
1333
1334static void phy_sysfs_create_links(struct phy_device *phydev)
1335{
1336	struct net_device *dev = phydev->attached_dev;
1337	int err;
1338
1339	if (!dev)
1340		return;
1341
1342	err = sysfs_create_link(&phydev->mdio.dev.kobj, &dev->dev.kobj,
1343				"attached_dev");
1344	if (err)
1345		return;
1346
1347	err = sysfs_create_link_nowarn(&dev->dev.kobj,
1348				       &phydev->mdio.dev.kobj,
1349				       "phydev");
1350	if (err) {
1351		dev_err(&dev->dev, "could not add device link to %s err %d\n",
1352			kobject_name(&phydev->mdio.dev.kobj),
1353			err);
1354		/* non-fatal - some net drivers can use one netdevice
1355		 * with more then one phy
1356		 */
1357	}
1358
1359	phydev->sysfs_links = true;
1360}
1361
1362static ssize_t
1363phy_standalone_show(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
1364		    char *buf)
1365{
1366	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
1367
1368	return sysfs_emit(buf, "%d\n", !phydev->attached_dev);
1369}
1370static DEVICE_ATTR_RO(phy_standalone);
1371
1372/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1373 * phy_sfp_attach - attach the SFP bus to the PHY upstream network device
1374 * @upstream: pointer to the phy device
1375 * @bus: sfp bus representing cage being attached
1376 *
1377 * This is used to fill in the sfp_upstream_ops .attach member.
1378 */
1379void phy_sfp_attach(void *upstream, struct sfp_bus *bus)
1380{
1381	struct phy_device *phydev = upstream;
1382
1383	if (phydev->attached_dev)
1384		phydev->attached_dev->sfp_bus = bus;
1385	phydev->sfp_bus_attached = true;
1386}
1387EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_sfp_attach);
1388
1389/**
1390 * phy_sfp_detach - detach the SFP bus from the PHY upstream network device
1391 * @upstream: pointer to the phy device
1392 * @bus: sfp bus representing cage being attached
1393 *
1394 * This is used to fill in the sfp_upstream_ops .detach member.
1395 */
1396void phy_sfp_detach(void *upstream, struct sfp_bus *bus)
1397{
1398	struct phy_device *phydev = upstream;
1399
1400	if (phydev->attached_dev)
1401		phydev->attached_dev->sfp_bus = NULL;
1402	phydev->sfp_bus_attached = false;
1403}
1404EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_sfp_detach);
1405
1406/**
1407 * phy_sfp_probe - probe for a SFP cage attached to this PHY device
1408 * @phydev: Pointer to phy_device
1409 * @ops: SFP's upstream operations
1410 */
1411int phy_sfp_probe(struct phy_device *phydev,
1412		  const struct sfp_upstream_ops *ops)
1413{
1414	struct sfp_bus *bus;
1415	int ret = 0;
1416
1417	if (phydev->mdio.dev.fwnode) {
1418		bus = sfp_bus_find_fwnode(phydev->mdio.dev.fwnode);
1419		if (IS_ERR(bus))
1420			return PTR_ERR(bus);
1421
1422		phydev->sfp_bus = bus;
1423
1424		ret = sfp_bus_add_upstream(bus, phydev, ops);
1425		sfp_bus_put(bus);
1426	}
1427	return ret;
1428}
1429EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_sfp_probe);
1430
1431static bool phy_drv_supports_irq(const struct phy_driver *phydrv)
1432{
1433	return phydrv->config_intr && phydrv->handle_interrupt;
1434}
1435
1436/**
1437 * phy_attach_direct - attach a network device to a given PHY device pointer
1438 * @dev: network device to attach
1439 * @phydev: Pointer to phy_device to attach
1440 * @flags: PHY device's dev_flags
1441 * @interface: PHY device's interface
1442 *
1443 * Description: Called by drivers to attach to a particular PHY
1444 *     device. The phy_device is found, and properly hooked up
1445 *     to the phy_driver.  If no driver is attached, then a
1446 *     generic driver is used.  The phy_device is given a ptr to
1447 *     the attaching device, and given a callback for link status
1448 *     change.  The phy_device is returned to the attaching driver.
1449 *     This function takes a reference on the phy device.
1450 */
1451int phy_attach_direct(struct net_device *dev, struct phy_device *phydev,
1452		      u32 flags, phy_interface_t interface)
1453{
1454	struct mii_bus *bus = phydev->mdio.bus;
1455	struct device *d = &phydev->mdio.dev;
1456	struct module *ndev_owner = NULL;
1457	bool using_genphy = false;
1458	int err;
1459
1460	/* For Ethernet device drivers that register their own MDIO bus, we
1461	 * will have bus->owner match ndev_mod, so we do not want to increment
1462	 * our own module->refcnt here, otherwise we would not be able to
1463	 * unload later on.
1464	 */
1465	if (dev)
1466		ndev_owner = dev->dev.parent->driver->owner;
1467	if (ndev_owner != bus->owner && !try_module_get(bus->owner)) {
1468		phydev_err(phydev, "failed to get the bus module\n");
1469		return -EIO;
1470	}
1471
1472	get_device(d);
1473
1474	/* Assume that if there is no driver, that it doesn't
1475	 * exist, and we should use the genphy driver.
1476	 */
1477	if (!d->driver) {
1478		if (phydev->is_c45)
1479			d->driver = &genphy_c45_driver.mdiodrv.driver;
1480		else
1481			d->driver = &genphy_driver.mdiodrv.driver;
1482
1483		using_genphy = true;
1484	}
1485
1486	if (!try_module_get(d->driver->owner)) {
1487		phydev_err(phydev, "failed to get the device driver module\n");
1488		err = -EIO;
1489		goto error_put_device;
1490	}
1491
1492	if (using_genphy) {
1493		err = d->driver->probe(d);
1494		if (err >= 0)
1495			err = device_bind_driver(d);
1496
1497		if (err)
1498			goto error_module_put;
1499	}
1500
1501	if (phydev->attached_dev) {
1502		dev_err(&dev->dev, "PHY already attached\n");
1503		err = -EBUSY;
1504		goto error;
1505	}
1506
1507	phydev->phy_link_change = phy_link_change;
1508	if (dev) {
1509		phydev->attached_dev = dev;
1510		dev->phydev = phydev;
1511
1512		if (phydev->sfp_bus_attached)
1513			dev->sfp_bus = phydev->sfp_bus;
 
 
 
 
1514	}
1515
1516	/* Some Ethernet drivers try to connect to a PHY device before
1517	 * calling register_netdevice() -> netdev_register_kobject() and
1518	 * does the dev->dev.kobj initialization. Here we only check for
1519	 * success which indicates that the network device kobject is
1520	 * ready. Once we do that we still need to keep track of whether
1521	 * links were successfully set up or not for phy_detach() to
1522	 * remove them accordingly.
1523	 */
1524	phydev->sysfs_links = false;
1525
1526	phy_sysfs_create_links(phydev);
1527
1528	if (!phydev->attached_dev) {
1529		err = sysfs_create_file(&phydev->mdio.dev.kobj,
1530					&dev_attr_phy_standalone.attr);
1531		if (err)
1532			phydev_err(phydev, "error creating 'phy_standalone' sysfs entry\n");
1533	}
1534
1535	phydev->dev_flags |= flags;
1536
1537	phydev->interface = interface;
1538
1539	phydev->state = PHY_READY;
1540
1541	phydev->interrupts = PHY_INTERRUPT_DISABLED;
1542
1543	/* PHYs can request to use poll mode even though they have an
1544	 * associated interrupt line. This could be the case if they
1545	 * detect a broken interrupt handling.
1546	 */
1547	if (phydev->dev_flags & PHY_F_NO_IRQ)
1548		phydev->irq = PHY_POLL;
1549
1550	if (!phy_drv_supports_irq(phydev->drv) && phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev))
1551		phydev->irq = PHY_POLL;
1552
1553	/* Port is set to PORT_TP by default and the actual PHY driver will set
1554	 * it to different value depending on the PHY configuration. If we have
1555	 * the generic PHY driver we can't figure it out, thus set the old
1556	 * legacy PORT_MII value.
1557	 */
1558	if (using_genphy)
1559		phydev->port = PORT_MII;
1560
1561	/* Initial carrier state is off as the phy is about to be
1562	 * (re)initialized.
1563	 */
1564	if (dev)
1565		netif_carrier_off(phydev->attached_dev);
1566
1567	/* Do initial configuration here, now that
1568	 * we have certain key parameters
1569	 * (dev_flags and interface)
1570	 */
1571	err = phy_init_hw(phydev);
1572	if (err)
1573		goto error;
1574
1575	phy_resume(phydev);
1576	if (!phydev->is_on_sfp_module)
1577		phy_led_triggers_register(phydev);
1578
1579	/**
1580	 * If the external phy used by current mac interface is managed by
1581	 * another mac interface, so we should create a device link between
1582	 * phy dev and mac dev.
1583	 */
1584	if (dev && phydev->mdio.bus->parent && dev->dev.parent != phydev->mdio.bus->parent)
1585		phydev->devlink = device_link_add(dev->dev.parent, &phydev->mdio.dev,
1586						  DL_FLAG_PM_RUNTIME | DL_FLAG_STATELESS);
1587
1588	return err;
1589
1590error:
1591	/* phy_detach() does all of the cleanup below */
1592	phy_detach(phydev);
1593	return err;
1594
1595error_module_put:
1596	module_put(d->driver->owner);
1597	d->driver = NULL;
1598error_put_device:
1599	put_device(d);
1600	if (ndev_owner != bus->owner)
1601		module_put(bus->owner);
1602	return err;
1603}
1604EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_attach_direct);
1605
1606/**
1607 * phy_attach - attach a network device to a particular PHY device
1608 * @dev: network device to attach
1609 * @bus_id: Bus ID of PHY device to attach
1610 * @interface: PHY device's interface
1611 *
1612 * Description: Same as phy_attach_direct() except that a PHY bus_id
1613 *     string is passed instead of a pointer to a struct phy_device.
1614 */
1615struct phy_device *phy_attach(struct net_device *dev, const char *bus_id,
1616			      phy_interface_t interface)
1617{
1618	struct phy_device *phydev;
1619	struct device *d;
1620	int rc;
1621
1622	if (!dev)
1623		return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
1624
1625	/* Search the list of PHY devices on the mdio bus for the
1626	 * PHY with the requested name
1627	 */
1628	d = bus_find_device_by_name(&mdio_bus_type, NULL, bus_id);
1629	if (!d) {
1630		pr_err("PHY %s not found\n", bus_id);
1631		return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
1632	}
1633	phydev = to_phy_device(d);
1634
1635	rc = phy_attach_direct(dev, phydev, phydev->dev_flags, interface);
1636	put_device(d);
1637	if (rc)
1638		return ERR_PTR(rc);
1639
1640	return phydev;
1641}
1642EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_attach);
1643
1644static bool phy_driver_is_genphy_kind(struct phy_device *phydev,
1645				      struct device_driver *driver)
1646{
1647	struct device *d = &phydev->mdio.dev;
1648	bool ret = false;
1649
1650	if (!phydev->drv)
1651		return ret;
1652
1653	get_device(d);
1654	ret = d->driver == driver;
1655	put_device(d);
1656
1657	return ret;
1658}
1659
1660bool phy_driver_is_genphy(struct phy_device *phydev)
1661{
1662	return phy_driver_is_genphy_kind(phydev,
1663					 &genphy_driver.mdiodrv.driver);
1664}
1665EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_driver_is_genphy);
1666
1667bool phy_driver_is_genphy_10g(struct phy_device *phydev)
1668{
1669	return phy_driver_is_genphy_kind(phydev,
1670					 &genphy_c45_driver.mdiodrv.driver);
1671}
1672EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_driver_is_genphy_10g);
1673
1674/**
1675 * phy_package_join - join a common PHY group
1676 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1677 * @base_addr: cookie and base PHY address of PHY package for offset
1678 *   calculation of global register access
1679 * @priv_size: if non-zero allocate this amount of bytes for private data
1680 *
1681 * This joins a PHY group and provides a shared storage for all phydevs in
1682 * this group. This is intended to be used for packages which contain
1683 * more than one PHY, for example a quad PHY transceiver.
1684 *
1685 * The base_addr parameter serves as cookie which has to have the same values
1686 * for all members of one group and as the base PHY address of the PHY package
1687 * for offset calculation to access generic registers of a PHY package.
1688 * Usually, one of the PHY addresses of the different PHYs in the package
1689 * provides access to these global registers.
1690 * The address which is given here, will be used in the phy_package_read()
1691 * and phy_package_write() convenience functions as base and added to the
1692 * passed offset in those functions.
1693 *
1694 * This will set the shared pointer of the phydev to the shared storage.
1695 * If this is the first call for a this cookie the shared storage will be
1696 * allocated. If priv_size is non-zero, the given amount of bytes are
1697 * allocated for the priv member.
1698 *
1699 * Returns < 1 on error, 0 on success. Esp. calling phy_package_join()
1700 * with the same cookie but a different priv_size is an error.
1701 */
1702int phy_package_join(struct phy_device *phydev, int base_addr, size_t priv_size)
1703{
1704	struct mii_bus *bus = phydev->mdio.bus;
1705	struct phy_package_shared *shared;
1706	int ret;
1707
1708	if (base_addr < 0 || base_addr >= PHY_MAX_ADDR)
1709		return -EINVAL;
1710
1711	mutex_lock(&bus->shared_lock);
1712	shared = bus->shared[base_addr];
1713	if (!shared) {
1714		ret = -ENOMEM;
1715		shared = kzalloc(sizeof(*shared), GFP_KERNEL);
1716		if (!shared)
1717			goto err_unlock;
1718		if (priv_size) {
1719			shared->priv = kzalloc(priv_size, GFP_KERNEL);
1720			if (!shared->priv)
1721				goto err_free;
1722			shared->priv_size = priv_size;
1723		}
1724		shared->base_addr = base_addr;
1725		shared->np = NULL;
1726		refcount_set(&shared->refcnt, 1);
1727		bus->shared[base_addr] = shared;
1728	} else {
1729		ret = -EINVAL;
1730		if (priv_size && priv_size != shared->priv_size)
1731			goto err_unlock;
1732		refcount_inc(&shared->refcnt);
1733	}
1734	mutex_unlock(&bus->shared_lock);
1735
1736	phydev->shared = shared;
1737
1738	return 0;
1739
1740err_free:
1741	kfree(shared);
1742err_unlock:
1743	mutex_unlock(&bus->shared_lock);
1744	return ret;
1745}
1746EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_package_join);
1747
1748/**
1749 * of_phy_package_join - join a common PHY group in PHY package
1750 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1751 * @priv_size: if non-zero allocate this amount of bytes for private data
1752 *
1753 * This is a variant of phy_package_join for PHY package defined in DT.
1754 *
1755 * The parent node of the @phydev is checked as a valid PHY package node
1756 * structure (by matching the node name "ethernet-phy-package") and the
1757 * base_addr for the PHY package is passed to phy_package_join.
1758 *
1759 * With this configuration the shared struct will also have the np value
1760 * filled to use additional DT defined properties in PHY specific
1761 * probe_once and config_init_once PHY package OPs.
1762 *
1763 * Returns < 0 on error, 0 on success. Esp. calling phy_package_join()
1764 * with the same cookie but a different priv_size is an error. Or a parent
1765 * node is not detected or is not valid or doesn't match the expected node
1766 * name for PHY package.
1767 */
1768int of_phy_package_join(struct phy_device *phydev, size_t priv_size)
1769{
1770	struct device_node *node = phydev->mdio.dev.of_node;
1771	struct device_node *package_node;
1772	u32 base_addr;
1773	int ret;
1774
1775	if (!node)
1776		return -EINVAL;
1777
1778	package_node = of_get_parent(node);
1779	if (!package_node)
1780		return -EINVAL;
1781
1782	if (!of_node_name_eq(package_node, "ethernet-phy-package")) {
1783		ret = -EINVAL;
1784		goto exit;
1785	}
1786
1787	if (of_property_read_u32(package_node, "reg", &base_addr)) {
1788		ret = -EINVAL;
1789		goto exit;
1790	}
1791
1792	ret = phy_package_join(phydev, base_addr, priv_size);
1793	if (ret)
1794		goto exit;
1795
1796	phydev->shared->np = package_node;
1797
1798	return 0;
1799exit:
1800	of_node_put(package_node);
1801	return ret;
1802}
1803EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(of_phy_package_join);
1804
1805/**
1806 * phy_package_leave - leave a common PHY group
1807 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1808 *
1809 * This leaves a PHY group created by phy_package_join(). If this phydev
1810 * was the last user of the shared data between the group, this data is
1811 * freed. Resets the phydev->shared pointer to NULL.
1812 */
1813void phy_package_leave(struct phy_device *phydev)
1814{
1815	struct phy_package_shared *shared = phydev->shared;
1816	struct mii_bus *bus = phydev->mdio.bus;
1817
1818	if (!shared)
1819		return;
1820
1821	/* Decrease the node refcount on leave if present */
1822	if (shared->np)
1823		of_node_put(shared->np);
1824
1825	if (refcount_dec_and_mutex_lock(&shared->refcnt, &bus->shared_lock)) {
1826		bus->shared[shared->base_addr] = NULL;
1827		mutex_unlock(&bus->shared_lock);
1828		kfree(shared->priv);
1829		kfree(shared);
1830	}
1831
1832	phydev->shared = NULL;
1833}
1834EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_package_leave);
1835
1836static void devm_phy_package_leave(struct device *dev, void *res)
1837{
1838	phy_package_leave(*(struct phy_device **)res);
1839}
1840
1841/**
1842 * devm_phy_package_join - resource managed phy_package_join()
1843 * @dev: device that is registering this PHY package
1844 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1845 * @base_addr: cookie and base PHY address of PHY package for offset
1846 *   calculation of global register access
1847 * @priv_size: if non-zero allocate this amount of bytes for private data
1848 *
1849 * Managed phy_package_join(). Shared storage fetched by this function,
1850 * phy_package_leave() is automatically called on driver detach. See
1851 * phy_package_join() for more information.
1852 */
1853int devm_phy_package_join(struct device *dev, struct phy_device *phydev,
1854			  int base_addr, size_t priv_size)
1855{
1856	struct phy_device **ptr;
1857	int ret;
1858
1859	ptr = devres_alloc(devm_phy_package_leave, sizeof(*ptr),
1860			   GFP_KERNEL);
1861	if (!ptr)
1862		return -ENOMEM;
1863
1864	ret = phy_package_join(phydev, base_addr, priv_size);
1865
1866	if (!ret) {
1867		*ptr = phydev;
1868		devres_add(dev, ptr);
1869	} else {
1870		devres_free(ptr);
1871	}
1872
1873	return ret;
1874}
1875EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(devm_phy_package_join);
1876
1877/**
1878 * devm_of_phy_package_join - resource managed of_phy_package_join()
1879 * @dev: device that is registering this PHY package
1880 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1881 * @priv_size: if non-zero allocate this amount of bytes for private data
1882 *
1883 * Managed of_phy_package_join(). Shared storage fetched by this function,
1884 * phy_package_leave() is automatically called on driver detach. See
1885 * of_phy_package_join() for more information.
1886 */
1887int devm_of_phy_package_join(struct device *dev, struct phy_device *phydev,
1888			     size_t priv_size)
1889{
1890	struct phy_device **ptr;
1891	int ret;
1892
1893	ptr = devres_alloc(devm_phy_package_leave, sizeof(*ptr),
1894			   GFP_KERNEL);
1895	if (!ptr)
1896		return -ENOMEM;
1897
1898	ret = of_phy_package_join(phydev, priv_size);
1899
1900	if (!ret) {
1901		*ptr = phydev;
1902		devres_add(dev, ptr);
1903	} else {
1904		devres_free(ptr);
1905	}
1906
1907	return ret;
1908}
1909EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(devm_of_phy_package_join);
1910
1911/**
1912 * phy_detach - detach a PHY device from its network device
1913 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
1914 *
1915 * This detaches the phy device from its network device and the phy
1916 * driver, and drops the reference count taken in phy_attach_direct().
1917 */
1918void phy_detach(struct phy_device *phydev)
1919{
1920	struct net_device *dev = phydev->attached_dev;
1921	struct module *ndev_owner = NULL;
1922	struct mii_bus *bus;
1923
1924	if (phydev->devlink)
1925		device_link_del(phydev->devlink);
1926
1927	if (phydev->sysfs_links) {
1928		if (dev)
1929			sysfs_remove_link(&dev->dev.kobj, "phydev");
1930		sysfs_remove_link(&phydev->mdio.dev.kobj, "attached_dev");
1931	}
1932
1933	if (!phydev->attached_dev)
1934		sysfs_remove_file(&phydev->mdio.dev.kobj,
1935				  &dev_attr_phy_standalone.attr);
1936
1937	phy_suspend(phydev);
1938	if (dev) {
1939		phydev->attached_dev->phydev = NULL;
1940		phydev->attached_dev = NULL;
 
1941	}
1942	phydev->phylink = NULL;
1943
1944	if (!phydev->is_on_sfp_module)
1945		phy_led_triggers_unregister(phydev);
1946
1947	if (phydev->mdio.dev.driver)
1948		module_put(phydev->mdio.dev.driver->owner);
1949
1950	/* If the device had no specific driver before (i.e. - it
1951	 * was using the generic driver), we unbind the device
1952	 * from the generic driver so that there's a chance a
1953	 * real driver could be loaded
1954	 */
1955	if (phy_driver_is_genphy(phydev) ||
1956	    phy_driver_is_genphy_10g(phydev))
1957		device_release_driver(&phydev->mdio.dev);
1958
1959	/* Assert the reset signal */
1960	phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
1961
1962	/*
1963	 * The phydev might go away on the put_device() below, so avoid
1964	 * a use-after-free bug by reading the underlying bus first.
1965	 */
1966	bus = phydev->mdio.bus;
1967
1968	put_device(&phydev->mdio.dev);
1969	if (dev)
1970		ndev_owner = dev->dev.parent->driver->owner;
1971	if (ndev_owner != bus->owner)
1972		module_put(bus->owner);
1973}
1974EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_detach);
1975
1976int phy_suspend(struct phy_device *phydev)
1977{
1978	struct ethtool_wolinfo wol = { .cmd = ETHTOOL_GWOL };
1979	struct net_device *netdev = phydev->attached_dev;
1980	const struct phy_driver *phydrv = phydev->drv;
1981	int ret;
1982
1983	if (phydev->suspended)
1984		return 0;
1985
1986	phy_ethtool_get_wol(phydev, &wol);
1987	phydev->wol_enabled = wol.wolopts || (netdev && netdev->wol_enabled);
1988	/* If the device has WOL enabled, we cannot suspend the PHY */
1989	if (phydev->wol_enabled && !(phydrv->flags & PHY_ALWAYS_CALL_SUSPEND))
1990		return -EBUSY;
1991
1992	if (!phydrv || !phydrv->suspend)
1993		return 0;
1994
1995	ret = phydrv->suspend(phydev);
1996	if (!ret)
1997		phydev->suspended = true;
1998
1999	return ret;
2000}
2001EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_suspend);
2002
2003int __phy_resume(struct phy_device *phydev)
2004{
2005	const struct phy_driver *phydrv = phydev->drv;
2006	int ret;
2007
2008	lockdep_assert_held(&phydev->lock);
2009
2010	if (!phydrv || !phydrv->resume)
2011		return 0;
2012
2013	ret = phydrv->resume(phydev);
2014	if (!ret)
2015		phydev->suspended = false;
2016
2017	return ret;
2018}
2019EXPORT_SYMBOL(__phy_resume);
2020
2021int phy_resume(struct phy_device *phydev)
2022{
2023	int ret;
2024
2025	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
2026	ret = __phy_resume(phydev);
2027	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
2028
2029	return ret;
2030}
2031EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_resume);
2032
2033int phy_loopback(struct phy_device *phydev, bool enable)
2034{
2035	int ret = 0;
2036
2037	if (!phydev->drv)
2038		return -EIO;
2039
2040	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
2041
2042	if (enable && phydev->loopback_enabled) {
2043		ret = -EBUSY;
2044		goto out;
2045	}
2046
2047	if (!enable && !phydev->loopback_enabled) {
2048		ret = -EINVAL;
2049		goto out;
2050	}
2051
2052	if (phydev->drv->set_loopback)
2053		ret = phydev->drv->set_loopback(phydev, enable);
2054	else
2055		ret = genphy_loopback(phydev, enable);
2056
2057	if (ret)
2058		goto out;
2059
2060	phydev->loopback_enabled = enable;
2061
2062out:
2063	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
2064	return ret;
2065}
2066EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_loopback);
2067
2068/**
2069 * phy_reset_after_clk_enable - perform a PHY reset if needed
2070 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2071 *
2072 * Description: Some PHYs are known to need a reset after their refclk was
2073 *   enabled. This function evaluates the flags and perform the reset if it's
2074 *   needed. Returns < 0 on error, 0 if the phy wasn't reset and 1 if the phy
2075 *   was reset.
2076 */
2077int phy_reset_after_clk_enable(struct phy_device *phydev)
2078{
2079	if (!phydev || !phydev->drv)
2080		return -ENODEV;
2081
2082	if (phydev->drv->flags & PHY_RST_AFTER_CLK_EN) {
2083		phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
2084		phy_device_reset(phydev, 0);
2085		return 1;
2086	}
2087
2088	return 0;
2089}
2090EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_reset_after_clk_enable);
2091
2092/* Generic PHY support and helper functions */
2093
2094/**
2095 * genphy_config_advert - sanitize and advertise auto-negotiation parameters
2096 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
 
2097 *
2098 * Description: Writes MII_ADVERTISE with the appropriate values,
2099 *   after sanitizing the values to make sure we only advertise
2100 *   what is supported.  Returns < 0 on error, 0 if the PHY's advertisement
2101 *   hasn't changed, and > 0 if it has changed.
2102 */
2103static int genphy_config_advert(struct phy_device *phydev)
 
2104{
2105	int err, bmsr, changed = 0;
2106	u32 adv;
2107
2108	/* Only allow advertising what this PHY supports */
2109	linkmode_and(phydev->advertising, phydev->advertising,
2110		     phydev->supported);
2111
2112	adv = linkmode_adv_to_mii_adv_t(phydev->advertising);
2113
2114	/* Setup standard advertisement */
2115	err = phy_modify_changed(phydev, MII_ADVERTISE,
2116				 ADVERTISE_ALL | ADVERTISE_100BASE4 |
2117				 ADVERTISE_PAUSE_CAP | ADVERTISE_PAUSE_ASYM,
2118				 adv);
2119	if (err < 0)
2120		return err;
2121	if (err > 0)
2122		changed = 1;
2123
2124	bmsr = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMSR);
2125	if (bmsr < 0)
2126		return bmsr;
2127
2128	/* Per 802.3-2008, Section 22.2.4.2.16 Extended status all
2129	 * 1000Mbits/sec capable PHYs shall have the BMSR_ESTATEN bit set to a
2130	 * logical 1.
2131	 */
2132	if (!(bmsr & BMSR_ESTATEN))
2133		return changed;
2134
2135	adv = linkmode_adv_to_mii_ctrl1000_t(phydev->advertising);
2136
2137	err = phy_modify_changed(phydev, MII_CTRL1000,
2138				 ADVERTISE_1000FULL | ADVERTISE_1000HALF,
2139				 adv);
2140	if (err < 0)
2141		return err;
2142	if (err > 0)
2143		changed = 1;
2144
2145	return changed;
2146}
2147
2148/**
2149 * genphy_c37_config_advert - sanitize and advertise auto-negotiation parameters
2150 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2151 *
2152 * Description: Writes MII_ADVERTISE with the appropriate values,
2153 *   after sanitizing the values to make sure we only advertise
2154 *   what is supported.  Returns < 0 on error, 0 if the PHY's advertisement
2155 *   hasn't changed, and > 0 if it has changed. This function is intended
2156 *   for Clause 37 1000Base-X mode.
2157 */
2158static int genphy_c37_config_advert(struct phy_device *phydev)
2159{
2160	u16 adv = 0;
2161
2162	/* Only allow advertising what this PHY supports */
2163	linkmode_and(phydev->advertising, phydev->advertising,
2164		     phydev->supported);
2165
2166	if (linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseX_Full_BIT,
2167			      phydev->advertising))
2168		adv |= ADVERTISE_1000XFULL;
2169	if (linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT,
2170			      phydev->advertising))
2171		adv |= ADVERTISE_1000XPAUSE;
2172	if (linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT,
2173			      phydev->advertising))
2174		adv |= ADVERTISE_1000XPSE_ASYM;
2175
2176	return phy_modify_changed(phydev, MII_ADVERTISE,
2177				  ADVERTISE_1000XFULL | ADVERTISE_1000XPAUSE |
2178				  ADVERTISE_1000XHALF | ADVERTISE_1000XPSE_ASYM,
2179				  adv);
2180}
2181
2182/**
2183 * genphy_config_eee_advert - disable unwanted eee mode advertisement
2184 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2185 *
2186 * Description: Writes MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV after disabling unsupported energy
2187 *   efficent ethernet modes. Returns 0 if the PHY's advertisement hasn't
2188 *   changed, and 1 if it has changed.
2189 */
2190int genphy_config_eee_advert(struct phy_device *phydev)
2191{
2192	int err;
2193
2194	/* Nothing to disable */
2195	if (!phydev->eee_broken_modes)
2196		return 0;
2197
2198	err = phy_modify_mmd_changed(phydev, MDIO_MMD_AN, MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV,
2199				     phydev->eee_broken_modes, 0);
2200	/* If the call failed, we assume that EEE is not supported */
2201	return err < 0 ? 0 : err;
2202}
2203EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_config_eee_advert);
2204
2205/**
2206 * genphy_setup_forced - configures/forces speed/duplex from @phydev
2207 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2208 *
2209 * Description: Configures MII_BMCR to force speed/duplex
2210 *   to the values in phydev. Assumes that the values are valid.
2211 *   Please see phy_sanitize_settings().
2212 */
2213int genphy_setup_forced(struct phy_device *phydev)
2214{
2215	u16 ctl;
2216
2217	phydev->pause = 0;
2218	phydev->asym_pause = 0;
2219
2220	ctl = mii_bmcr_encode_fixed(phydev->speed, phydev->duplex);
2221
2222	return phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR,
2223			  ~(BMCR_LOOPBACK | BMCR_ISOLATE | BMCR_PDOWN), ctl);
2224}
2225EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_setup_forced);
2226
2227static int genphy_setup_master_slave(struct phy_device *phydev)
2228{
2229	u16 ctl = 0;
2230
2231	if (!phydev->is_gigabit_capable)
2232		return 0;
2233
2234	switch (phydev->master_slave_set) {
2235	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_PREFERRED:
2236		ctl |= CTL1000_PREFER_MASTER;
2237		break;
2238	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_PREFERRED:
2239		break;
2240	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_FORCE:
2241		ctl |= CTL1000_AS_MASTER;
2242		fallthrough;
2243	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_FORCE:
2244		ctl |= CTL1000_ENABLE_MASTER;
2245		break;
2246	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNKNOWN:
2247	case MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNSUPPORTED:
2248		return 0;
2249	default:
2250		phydev_warn(phydev, "Unsupported Master/Slave mode\n");
2251		return -EOPNOTSUPP;
2252	}
2253
2254	return phy_modify_changed(phydev, MII_CTRL1000,
2255				  (CTL1000_ENABLE_MASTER | CTL1000_AS_MASTER |
2256				   CTL1000_PREFER_MASTER), ctl);
2257}
2258
2259int genphy_read_master_slave(struct phy_device *phydev)
2260{
2261	int cfg, state;
2262	int val;
2263
2264	phydev->master_slave_get = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNKNOWN;
2265	phydev->master_slave_state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_UNKNOWN;
2266
2267	val = phy_read(phydev, MII_CTRL1000);
2268	if (val < 0)
2269		return val;
2270
2271	if (val & CTL1000_ENABLE_MASTER) {
2272		if (val & CTL1000_AS_MASTER)
2273			cfg = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_FORCE;
2274		else
2275			cfg = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_FORCE;
2276	} else {
2277		if (val & CTL1000_PREFER_MASTER)
2278			cfg = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_PREFERRED;
2279		else
2280			cfg = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_PREFERRED;
2281	}
2282
2283	val = phy_read(phydev, MII_STAT1000);
2284	if (val < 0)
2285		return val;
2286
2287	if (val & LPA_1000MSFAIL) {
2288		state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_ERR;
2289	} else if (phydev->link) {
2290		/* this bits are valid only for active link */
2291		if (val & LPA_1000MSRES)
2292			state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_MASTER;
2293		else
2294			state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_SLAVE;
2295	} else {
2296		state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_UNKNOWN;
2297	}
2298
2299	phydev->master_slave_get = cfg;
2300	phydev->master_slave_state = state;
2301
2302	return 0;
2303}
2304EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_master_slave);
2305
2306/**
2307 * genphy_restart_aneg - Enable and Restart Autonegotiation
2308 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2309 */
2310int genphy_restart_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev)
2311{
2312	/* Don't isolate the PHY if we're negotiating */
2313	return phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_ISOLATE,
2314			  BMCR_ANENABLE | BMCR_ANRESTART);
2315}
2316EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_restart_aneg);
2317
2318/**
2319 * genphy_check_and_restart_aneg - Enable and restart auto-negotiation
2320 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2321 * @restart: whether aneg restart is requested
2322 *
2323 * Check, and restart auto-negotiation if needed.
2324 */
2325int genphy_check_and_restart_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev, bool restart)
2326{
2327	int ret;
2328
2329	if (!restart) {
2330		/* Advertisement hasn't changed, but maybe aneg was never on to
2331		 * begin with?  Or maybe phy was isolated?
2332		 */
2333		ret = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMCR);
2334		if (ret < 0)
2335			return ret;
2336
2337		if (!(ret & BMCR_ANENABLE) || (ret & BMCR_ISOLATE))
2338			restart = true;
2339	}
2340
2341	if (restart)
2342		return genphy_restart_aneg(phydev);
2343
2344	return 0;
2345}
2346EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_check_and_restart_aneg);
2347
2348/**
2349 * __genphy_config_aneg - restart auto-negotiation or write BMCR
2350 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2351 * @changed: whether autoneg is requested
2352 *
2353 * Description: If auto-negotiation is enabled, we configure the
2354 *   advertising, and then restart auto-negotiation.  If it is not
2355 *   enabled, then we write the BMCR.
2356 */
2357int __genphy_config_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev, bool changed)
2358{
 
 
 
2359	int err;
2360
2361	err = genphy_c45_an_config_eee_aneg(phydev);
2362	if (err < 0)
2363		return err;
2364	else if (err)
2365		changed = true;
2366
2367	err = genphy_setup_master_slave(phydev);
2368	if (err < 0)
2369		return err;
2370	else if (err)
2371		changed = true;
2372
2373	if (AUTONEG_ENABLE != phydev->autoneg)
 
 
 
 
 
2374		return genphy_setup_forced(phydev);
 
 
2375
2376	err = genphy_config_advert(phydev);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2377	if (err < 0) /* error */
2378		return err;
2379	else if (err)
2380		changed = true;
2381
2382	return genphy_check_and_restart_aneg(phydev, changed);
2383}
2384EXPORT_SYMBOL(__genphy_config_aneg);
2385
2386/**
2387 * genphy_c37_config_aneg - restart auto-negotiation or write BMCR
2388 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2389 *
2390 * Description: If auto-negotiation is enabled, we configure the
2391 *   advertising, and then restart auto-negotiation.  If it is not
2392 *   enabled, then we write the BMCR. This function is intended
2393 *   for use with Clause 37 1000Base-X mode.
2394 */
2395int genphy_c37_config_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev)
2396{
2397	int err, changed;
2398
2399	if (phydev->autoneg != AUTONEG_ENABLE)
2400		return genphy_setup_forced(phydev);
2401
2402	err = phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_SPEED1000 | BMCR_SPEED100,
2403			 BMCR_SPEED1000);
2404	if (err)
2405		return err;
2406
2407	changed = genphy_c37_config_advert(phydev);
2408	if (changed < 0) /* error */
2409		return changed;
2410
2411	if (!changed) {
2412		/* Advertisement hasn't changed, but maybe aneg was never on to
2413		 * begin with?  Or maybe phy was isolated?
2414		 */
2415		int ctl = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMCR);
2416
2417		if (ctl < 0)
2418			return ctl;
2419
2420		if (!(ctl & BMCR_ANENABLE) || (ctl & BMCR_ISOLATE))
2421			changed = 1; /* do restart aneg */
2422	}
2423
2424	/* Only restart aneg if we are advertising something different
2425	 * than we were before.
2426	 */
2427	if (changed > 0)
2428		return genphy_restart_aneg(phydev);
2429
2430	return 0;
2431}
2432EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_c37_config_aneg);
2433
2434/**
2435 * genphy_aneg_done - return auto-negotiation status
2436 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2437 *
2438 * Description: Reads the status register and returns 0 either if
2439 *   auto-negotiation is incomplete, or if there was an error.
2440 *   Returns BMSR_ANEGCOMPLETE if auto-negotiation is done.
2441 */
2442int genphy_aneg_done(struct phy_device *phydev)
2443{
2444	int retval = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMSR);
2445
2446	return (retval < 0) ? retval : (retval & BMSR_ANEGCOMPLETE);
2447}
2448EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_aneg_done);
2449
2450/**
2451 * genphy_update_link - update link status in @phydev
2452 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2453 *
2454 * Description: Update the value in phydev->link to reflect the
2455 *   current link value.  In order to do this, we need to read
2456 *   the status register twice, keeping the second value.
2457 */
2458int genphy_update_link(struct phy_device *phydev)
2459{
2460	int status = 0, bmcr;
2461
2462	bmcr = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMCR);
2463	if (bmcr < 0)
2464		return bmcr;
2465
2466	/* Autoneg is being started, therefore disregard BMSR value and
2467	 * report link as down.
2468	 */
2469	if (bmcr & BMCR_ANRESTART)
2470		goto done;
2471
2472	/* The link state is latched low so that momentary link
2473	 * drops can be detected. Do not double-read the status
2474	 * in polling mode to detect such short link drops except
2475	 * the link was already down.
2476	 */
2477	if (!phy_polling_mode(phydev) || !phydev->link) {
2478		status = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMSR);
2479		if (status < 0)
2480			return status;
2481		else if (status & BMSR_LSTATUS)
2482			goto done;
2483	}
2484
2485	/* Read link and autonegotiation status */
2486	status = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMSR);
2487	if (status < 0)
2488		return status;
2489done:
2490	phydev->link = status & BMSR_LSTATUS ? 1 : 0;
2491	phydev->autoneg_complete = status & BMSR_ANEGCOMPLETE ? 1 : 0;
2492
2493	/* Consider the case that autoneg was started and "aneg complete"
2494	 * bit has been reset, but "link up" bit not yet.
2495	 */
2496	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE && !phydev->autoneg_complete)
2497		phydev->link = 0;
2498
2499	return 0;
2500}
2501EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_update_link);
2502
2503int genphy_read_lpa(struct phy_device *phydev)
2504{
2505	int lpa, lpagb;
2506
2507	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE) {
2508		if (!phydev->autoneg_complete) {
2509			mii_stat1000_mod_linkmode_lpa_t(phydev->lp_advertising,
2510							0);
2511			mii_lpa_mod_linkmode_lpa_t(phydev->lp_advertising, 0);
2512			return 0;
2513		}
2514
2515		if (phydev->is_gigabit_capable) {
2516			lpagb = phy_read(phydev, MII_STAT1000);
2517			if (lpagb < 0)
2518				return lpagb;
2519
2520			if (lpagb & LPA_1000MSFAIL) {
2521				int adv = phy_read(phydev, MII_CTRL1000);
2522
2523				if (adv < 0)
2524					return adv;
2525
2526				if (adv & CTL1000_ENABLE_MASTER)
2527					phydev_err(phydev, "Master/Slave resolution failed, maybe conflicting manual settings?\n");
2528				else
2529					phydev_err(phydev, "Master/Slave resolution failed\n");
2530				return -ENOLINK;
2531			}
2532
2533			mii_stat1000_mod_linkmode_lpa_t(phydev->lp_advertising,
2534							lpagb);
2535		}
2536
2537		lpa = phy_read(phydev, MII_LPA);
2538		if (lpa < 0)
2539			return lpa;
2540
2541		mii_lpa_mod_linkmode_lpa_t(phydev->lp_advertising, lpa);
2542	} else {
2543		linkmode_zero(phydev->lp_advertising);
2544	}
2545
2546	return 0;
2547}
2548EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_lpa);
2549
2550/**
2551 * genphy_read_status_fixed - read the link parameters for !aneg mode
2552 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2553 *
2554 * Read the current duplex and speed state for a PHY operating with
2555 * autonegotiation disabled.
2556 */
2557int genphy_read_status_fixed(struct phy_device *phydev)
2558{
2559	int bmcr = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMCR);
2560
2561	if (bmcr < 0)
2562		return bmcr;
2563
2564	if (bmcr & BMCR_FULLDPLX)
2565		phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_FULL;
2566	else
2567		phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_HALF;
2568
2569	if (bmcr & BMCR_SPEED1000)
2570		phydev->speed = SPEED_1000;
2571	else if (bmcr & BMCR_SPEED100)
2572		phydev->speed = SPEED_100;
2573	else
2574		phydev->speed = SPEED_10;
2575
2576	return 0;
2577}
2578EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_status_fixed);
2579
2580/**
2581 * genphy_read_status - check the link status and update current link state
2582 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2583 *
2584 * Description: Check the link, then figure out the current state
2585 *   by comparing what we advertise with what the link partner
2586 *   advertises.  Start by checking the gigabit possibilities,
2587 *   then move on to 10/100.
2588 */
2589int genphy_read_status(struct phy_device *phydev)
2590{
2591	int err, old_link = phydev->link;
2592
2593	/* Update the link, but return if there was an error */
2594	err = genphy_update_link(phydev);
2595	if (err)
2596		return err;
2597
2598	/* why bother the PHY if nothing can have changed */
2599	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE && old_link && phydev->link)
2600		return 0;
2601
2602	phydev->master_slave_get = MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNSUPPORTED;
2603	phydev->master_slave_state = MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_UNSUPPORTED;
2604	phydev->speed = SPEED_UNKNOWN;
2605	phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_UNKNOWN;
2606	phydev->pause = 0;
2607	phydev->asym_pause = 0;
2608
2609	if (phydev->is_gigabit_capable) {
2610		err = genphy_read_master_slave(phydev);
2611		if (err < 0)
2612			return err;
2613	}
2614
2615	err = genphy_read_lpa(phydev);
2616	if (err < 0)
2617		return err;
2618
2619	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE && phydev->autoneg_complete) {
2620		phy_resolve_aneg_linkmode(phydev);
2621	} else if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_DISABLE) {
2622		err = genphy_read_status_fixed(phydev);
2623		if (err < 0)
2624			return err;
2625	}
2626
2627	return 0;
2628}
2629EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_status);
2630
2631/**
2632 * genphy_c37_read_status - check the link status and update current link state
2633 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2634 * @changed: pointer where to store if link changed
2635 *
2636 * Description: Check the link, then figure out the current state
2637 *   by comparing what we advertise with what the link partner
2638 *   advertises. This function is for Clause 37 1000Base-X mode.
2639 *
2640 *   If link has changed, @changed is set to true, false otherwise.
2641 */
2642int genphy_c37_read_status(struct phy_device *phydev, bool *changed)
2643{
2644	int lpa, err, old_link = phydev->link;
2645
2646	/* Update the link, but return if there was an error */
2647	err = genphy_update_link(phydev);
2648	if (err)
2649		return err;
2650
2651	/* why bother the PHY if nothing can have changed */
2652	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE && old_link && phydev->link) {
2653		*changed = false;
2654		return 0;
2655	}
2656
2657	/* Signal link has changed */
2658	*changed = true;
2659	phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_UNKNOWN;
2660	phydev->pause = 0;
2661	phydev->asym_pause = 0;
2662
2663	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE && phydev->autoneg_complete) {
2664		lpa = phy_read(phydev, MII_LPA);
2665		if (lpa < 0)
2666			return lpa;
2667
2668		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT,
2669				 phydev->lp_advertising, lpa & LPA_LPACK);
2670		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseX_Full_BIT,
2671				 phydev->lp_advertising, lpa & LPA_1000XFULL);
2672		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT,
2673				 phydev->lp_advertising, lpa & LPA_1000XPAUSE);
2674		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT,
2675				 phydev->lp_advertising,
2676				 lpa & LPA_1000XPAUSE_ASYM);
2677
2678		phy_resolve_aneg_linkmode(phydev);
2679	} else if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_DISABLE) {
2680		int bmcr = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMCR);
2681
2682		if (bmcr < 0)
2683			return bmcr;
2684
2685		if (bmcr & BMCR_FULLDPLX)
2686			phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_FULL;
2687		else
2688			phydev->duplex = DUPLEX_HALF;
2689	}
2690
2691	return 0;
2692}
2693EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_c37_read_status);
2694
2695/**
2696 * genphy_soft_reset - software reset the PHY via BMCR_RESET bit
2697 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2698 *
2699 * Description: Perform a software PHY reset using the standard
2700 * BMCR_RESET bit and poll for the reset bit to be cleared.
2701 *
2702 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on failure
2703 */
2704int genphy_soft_reset(struct phy_device *phydev)
2705{
2706	u16 res = BMCR_RESET;
2707	int ret;
2708
2709	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE)
2710		res |= BMCR_ANRESTART;
2711
2712	ret = phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_ISOLATE, res);
2713	if (ret < 0)
2714		return ret;
2715
2716	/* Clause 22 states that setting bit BMCR_RESET sets control registers
2717	 * to their default value. Therefore the POWER DOWN bit is supposed to
2718	 * be cleared after soft reset.
2719	 */
2720	phydev->suspended = 0;
2721
2722	ret = phy_poll_reset(phydev);
2723	if (ret)
2724		return ret;
2725
2726	/* BMCR may be reset to defaults */
2727	if (phydev->autoneg == AUTONEG_DISABLE)
2728		ret = genphy_setup_forced(phydev);
2729
2730	return ret;
2731}
2732EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_soft_reset);
2733
2734irqreturn_t genphy_handle_interrupt_no_ack(struct phy_device *phydev)
2735{
2736	/* It seems there are cases where the interrupts are handled by another
2737	 * entity (ie an IRQ controller embedded inside the PHY) and do not
2738	 * need any other interraction from phylib. In this case, just trigger
2739	 * the state machine directly.
2740	 */
2741	phy_trigger_machine(phydev);
2742
2743	return 0;
2744}
2745EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_handle_interrupt_no_ack);
2746
2747/**
2748 * genphy_read_abilities - read PHY abilities from Clause 22 registers
2749 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2750 *
2751 * Description: Reads the PHY's abilities and populates
2752 * phydev->supported accordingly.
2753 *
2754 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on failure
2755 */
2756int genphy_read_abilities(struct phy_device *phydev)
2757{
2758	int val;
2759
2760	linkmode_set_bit_array(phy_basic_ports_array,
2761			       ARRAY_SIZE(phy_basic_ports_array),
2762			       phydev->supported);
2763
2764	val = phy_read(phydev, MII_BMSR);
2765	if (val < 0)
2766		return val;
2767
2768	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT, phydev->supported,
2769			 val & BMSR_ANEGCAPABLE);
2770
2771	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Full_BIT, phydev->supported,
2772			 val & BMSR_100FULL);
2773	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Half_BIT, phydev->supported,
2774			 val & BMSR_100HALF);
2775	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Full_BIT, phydev->supported,
2776			 val & BMSR_10FULL);
2777	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Half_BIT, phydev->supported,
2778			 val & BMSR_10HALF);
2779
2780	if (val & BMSR_ESTATEN) {
2781		val = phy_read(phydev, MII_ESTATUS);
2782		if (val < 0)
2783			return val;
2784
2785		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT,
2786				 phydev->supported, val & ESTATUS_1000_TFULL);
2787		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Half_BIT,
2788				 phydev->supported, val & ESTATUS_1000_THALF);
2789		linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseX_Full_BIT,
2790				 phydev->supported, val & ESTATUS_1000_XFULL);
2791	}
2792
2793	/* This is optional functionality. If not supported, we may get an error
2794	 * which should be ignored.
2795	 */
2796	genphy_c45_read_eee_abilities(phydev);
2797
2798	return 0;
2799}
2800EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_abilities);
2801
2802/* This is used for the phy device which doesn't support the MMD extended
2803 * register access, but it does have side effect when we are trying to access
2804 * the MMD register via indirect method.
2805 */
2806int genphy_read_mmd_unsupported(struct phy_device *phdev, int devad, u16 regnum)
2807{
2808	return -EOPNOTSUPP;
2809}
2810EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_read_mmd_unsupported);
2811
2812int genphy_write_mmd_unsupported(struct phy_device *phdev, int devnum,
2813				 u16 regnum, u16 val)
2814{
2815	return -EOPNOTSUPP;
2816}
2817EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_write_mmd_unsupported);
2818
2819int genphy_suspend(struct phy_device *phydev)
2820{
2821	return phy_set_bits(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_PDOWN);
2822}
2823EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_suspend);
2824
2825int genphy_resume(struct phy_device *phydev)
2826{
2827	return phy_clear_bits(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_PDOWN);
2828}
2829EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_resume);
2830
2831int genphy_loopback(struct phy_device *phydev, bool enable)
2832{
2833	if (enable) {
2834		u16 ctl = BMCR_LOOPBACK;
2835		int ret, val;
2836
2837		ctl |= mii_bmcr_encode_fixed(phydev->speed, phydev->duplex);
2838
2839		phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR, ~0, ctl);
2840
2841		ret = phy_read_poll_timeout(phydev, MII_BMSR, val,
2842					    val & BMSR_LSTATUS,
2843				    5000, 500000, true);
2844		if (ret)
2845			return ret;
2846	} else {
2847		phy_modify(phydev, MII_BMCR, BMCR_LOOPBACK, 0);
2848
2849		phy_config_aneg(phydev);
2850	}
2851
2852	return 0;
2853}
2854EXPORT_SYMBOL(genphy_loopback);
2855
2856/**
2857 * phy_remove_link_mode - Remove a supported link mode
2858 * @phydev: phy_device structure to remove link mode from
2859 * @link_mode: Link mode to be removed
2860 *
2861 * Description: Some MACs don't support all link modes which the PHY
2862 * does.  e.g. a 1G MAC often does not support 1000Half. Add a helper
2863 * to remove a link mode.
2864 */
2865void phy_remove_link_mode(struct phy_device *phydev, u32 link_mode)
2866{
2867	linkmode_clear_bit(link_mode, phydev->supported);
2868	phy_advertise_supported(phydev);
2869}
2870EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_remove_link_mode);
2871
2872static void phy_copy_pause_bits(unsigned long *dst, unsigned long *src)
2873{
2874	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT, dst,
2875		linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT, src));
2876	linkmode_mod_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT, dst,
2877		linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT, src));
2878}
2879
2880/**
2881 * phy_advertise_supported - Advertise all supported modes
2882 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2883 *
2884 * Description: Called to advertise all supported modes, doesn't touch
2885 * pause mode advertising.
2886 */
2887void phy_advertise_supported(struct phy_device *phydev)
2888{
2889	__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(new);
2890
2891	linkmode_copy(new, phydev->supported);
2892	phy_copy_pause_bits(new, phydev->advertising);
2893	linkmode_copy(phydev->advertising, new);
2894}
2895EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_advertise_supported);
2896
2897/**
2898 * phy_advertise_eee_all - Advertise all supported EEE modes
2899 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2900 *
2901 * Description: Per default phylib preserves the EEE advertising at the time of
2902 * phy probing, which might be a subset of the supported EEE modes. Use this
2903 * function when all supported EEE modes should be advertised. This does not
2904 * trigger auto-negotiation, so must be called before phy_start()/
2905 * phylink_start() which will start auto-negotiation.
2906 */
2907void phy_advertise_eee_all(struct phy_device *phydev)
2908{
2909	linkmode_copy(phydev->advertising_eee, phydev->supported_eee);
2910}
2911EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(phy_advertise_eee_all);
2912
2913/**
2914 * phy_support_eee - Set initial EEE policy configuration
2915 * @phydev: Target phy_device struct
2916 *
2917 * This function configures the initial policy for Energy Efficient Ethernet
2918 * (EEE) on the specified PHY device, influencing that EEE capabilities are
2919 * advertised before the link is established. It should be called during PHY
2920 * registration by the MAC driver and/or the PHY driver (for SmartEEE PHYs)
2921 * if MAC supports LPI or PHY is capable to compensate missing LPI functionality
2922 * of the MAC.
2923 *
2924 * The function sets default EEE policy parameters, including preparing the PHY
2925 * to advertise EEE capabilities based on hardware support.
2926 *
2927 * It also sets the expected configuration for Low Power Idle (LPI) in the MAC
2928 * driver. If the PHY framework determines that both local and remote
2929 * advertisements support EEE, and the negotiated link mode is compatible with
2930 * EEE, it will set enable_tx_lpi = true. The MAC driver is expected to act on
2931 * this setting by enabling the LPI timer if enable_tx_lpi is set.
2932 */
2933void phy_support_eee(struct phy_device *phydev)
2934{
2935	linkmode_copy(phydev->advertising_eee, phydev->supported_eee);
2936	phydev->eee_cfg.tx_lpi_enabled = true;
2937	phydev->eee_cfg.eee_enabled = true;
2938}
2939EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_support_eee);
2940
2941/**
2942 * phy_support_sym_pause - Enable support of symmetrical pause
2943 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2944 *
2945 * Description: Called by the MAC to indicate is supports symmetrical
2946 * Pause, but not asym pause.
2947 */
2948void phy_support_sym_pause(struct phy_device *phydev)
2949{
2950	linkmode_clear_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT, phydev->supported);
2951	phy_copy_pause_bits(phydev->advertising, phydev->supported);
2952}
2953EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_support_sym_pause);
2954
2955/**
2956 * phy_support_asym_pause - Enable support of asym pause
2957 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2958 *
2959 * Description: Called by the MAC to indicate is supports Asym Pause.
2960 */
2961void phy_support_asym_pause(struct phy_device *phydev)
2962{
2963	phy_copy_pause_bits(phydev->advertising, phydev->supported);
2964}
2965EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_support_asym_pause);
2966
2967/**
2968 * phy_set_sym_pause - Configure symmetric Pause
2969 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2970 * @rx: Receiver Pause is supported
2971 * @tx: Transmit Pause is supported
2972 * @autoneg: Auto neg should be used
2973 *
2974 * Description: Configure advertised Pause support depending on if
2975 * receiver pause and pause auto neg is supported. Generally called
2976 * from the set_pauseparam .ndo.
2977 */
2978void phy_set_sym_pause(struct phy_device *phydev, bool rx, bool tx,
2979		       bool autoneg)
2980{
2981	linkmode_clear_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT, phydev->supported);
2982
2983	if (rx && tx && autoneg)
2984		linkmode_set_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT,
2985				 phydev->supported);
2986
2987	linkmode_copy(phydev->advertising, phydev->supported);
2988}
2989EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_set_sym_pause);
2990
2991/**
2992 * phy_set_asym_pause - Configure Pause and Asym Pause
2993 * @phydev: target phy_device struct
2994 * @rx: Receiver Pause is supported
2995 * @tx: Transmit Pause is supported
2996 *
2997 * Description: Configure advertised Pause support depending on if
2998 * transmit and receiver pause is supported. If there has been a
2999 * change in adverting, trigger a new autoneg. Generally called from
3000 * the set_pauseparam .ndo.
3001 */
3002void phy_set_asym_pause(struct phy_device *phydev, bool rx, bool tx)
3003{
3004	__ETHTOOL_DECLARE_LINK_MODE_MASK(oldadv);
3005
3006	linkmode_copy(oldadv, phydev->advertising);
3007	linkmode_set_pause(phydev->advertising, tx, rx);
3008
3009	if (!linkmode_equal(oldadv, phydev->advertising) &&
3010	    phydev->autoneg)
3011		phy_start_aneg(phydev);
3012}
3013EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_set_asym_pause);
3014
3015/**
3016 * phy_validate_pause - Test if the PHY/MAC support the pause configuration
3017 * @phydev: phy_device struct
3018 * @pp: requested pause configuration
3019 *
3020 * Description: Test if the PHY/MAC combination supports the Pause
3021 * configuration the user is requesting. Returns True if it is
3022 * supported, false otherwise.
3023 */
3024bool phy_validate_pause(struct phy_device *phydev,
3025			struct ethtool_pauseparam *pp)
3026{
3027	if (!linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT,
3028			       phydev->supported) && pp->rx_pause)
3029		return false;
3030
3031	if (!linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT,
3032			       phydev->supported) &&
3033	    pp->rx_pause != pp->tx_pause)
3034		return false;
3035
3036	return true;
3037}
3038EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_validate_pause);
3039
3040/**
3041 * phy_get_pause - resolve negotiated pause modes
3042 * @phydev: phy_device struct
3043 * @tx_pause: pointer to bool to indicate whether transmit pause should be
3044 * enabled.
3045 * @rx_pause: pointer to bool to indicate whether receive pause should be
3046 * enabled.
3047 *
3048 * Resolve and return the flow control modes according to the negotiation
3049 * result. This includes checking that we are operating in full duplex mode.
3050 * See linkmode_resolve_pause() for further details.
3051 */
3052void phy_get_pause(struct phy_device *phydev, bool *tx_pause, bool *rx_pause)
3053{
3054	if (phydev->duplex != DUPLEX_FULL) {
3055		*tx_pause = false;
3056		*rx_pause = false;
3057		return;
3058	}
3059
3060	return linkmode_resolve_pause(phydev->advertising,
3061				      phydev->lp_advertising,
3062				      tx_pause, rx_pause);
3063}
3064EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_get_pause);
3065
3066#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_OF_MDIO)
3067static int phy_get_int_delay_property(struct device *dev, const char *name)
3068{
3069	s32 int_delay;
3070	int ret;
3071
3072	ret = device_property_read_u32(dev, name, &int_delay);
3073	if (ret)
3074		return ret;
3075
3076	return int_delay;
3077}
3078#else
3079static int phy_get_int_delay_property(struct device *dev, const char *name)
3080{
3081	return -EINVAL;
3082}
3083#endif
3084
3085/**
3086 * phy_get_internal_delay - returns the index of the internal delay
3087 * @phydev: phy_device struct
3088 * @dev: pointer to the devices device struct
3089 * @delay_values: array of delays the PHY supports
3090 * @size: the size of the delay array
3091 * @is_rx: boolean to indicate to get the rx internal delay
3092 *
3093 * Returns the index within the array of internal delay passed in.
3094 * If the device property is not present then the interface type is checked
3095 * if the interface defines use of internal delay then a 1 is returned otherwise
3096 * a 0 is returned.
3097 * The array must be in ascending order. If PHY does not have an ascending order
3098 * array then size = 0 and the value of the delay property is returned.
3099 * Return -EINVAL if the delay is invalid or cannot be found.
3100 */
3101s32 phy_get_internal_delay(struct phy_device *phydev, struct device *dev,
3102			   const int *delay_values, int size, bool is_rx)
3103{
3104	s32 delay;
3105	int i;
3106
3107	if (is_rx) {
3108		delay = phy_get_int_delay_property(dev, "rx-internal-delay-ps");
3109		if (delay < 0 && size == 0) {
3110			if (phydev->interface == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID ||
3111			    phydev->interface == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_RXID)
3112				return 1;
3113			else
3114				return 0;
3115		}
3116
3117	} else {
3118		delay = phy_get_int_delay_property(dev, "tx-internal-delay-ps");
3119		if (delay < 0 && size == 0) {
3120			if (phydev->interface == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID ||
3121			    phydev->interface == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_TXID)
3122				return 1;
3123			else
3124				return 0;
3125		}
3126	}
3127
3128	if (delay < 0)
3129		return delay;
3130
3131	if (size == 0)
3132		return delay;
3133
3134	if (delay < delay_values[0] || delay > delay_values[size - 1]) {
3135		phydev_err(phydev, "Delay %d is out of range\n", delay);
3136		return -EINVAL;
3137	}
3138
3139	if (delay == delay_values[0])
3140		return 0;
3141
3142	for (i = 1; i < size; i++) {
3143		if (delay == delay_values[i])
3144			return i;
3145
3146		/* Find an approximate index by looking up the table */
3147		if (delay > delay_values[i - 1] &&
3148		    delay < delay_values[i]) {
3149			if (delay - delay_values[i - 1] <
3150			    delay_values[i] - delay)
3151				return i - 1;
3152			else
3153				return i;
3154		}
3155	}
3156
3157	phydev_err(phydev, "error finding internal delay index for %d\n",
3158		   delay);
3159
3160	return -EINVAL;
3161}
3162EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_get_internal_delay);
3163
3164static int phy_led_set_brightness(struct led_classdev *led_cdev,
3165				  enum led_brightness value)
3166{
3167	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3168	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3169	int err;
3170
3171	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
3172	err = phydev->drv->led_brightness_set(phydev, phyled->index, value);
3173	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
3174
3175	return err;
3176}
3177
3178static int phy_led_blink_set(struct led_classdev *led_cdev,
3179			     unsigned long *delay_on,
3180			     unsigned long *delay_off)
3181{
3182	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3183	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3184	int err;
3185
3186	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
3187	err = phydev->drv->led_blink_set(phydev, phyled->index,
3188					 delay_on, delay_off);
3189	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
3190
3191	return err;
3192}
3193
3194static __maybe_unused struct device *
3195phy_led_hw_control_get_device(struct led_classdev *led_cdev)
3196{
3197	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3198	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3199
3200	if (phydev->attached_dev)
3201		return &phydev->attached_dev->dev;
3202	return NULL;
3203}
3204
3205static int __maybe_unused
3206phy_led_hw_control_get(struct led_classdev *led_cdev,
3207		       unsigned long *rules)
3208{
3209	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3210	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3211	int err;
3212
3213	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
3214	err = phydev->drv->led_hw_control_get(phydev, phyled->index, rules);
3215	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
3216
3217	return err;
3218}
3219
3220static int __maybe_unused
3221phy_led_hw_control_set(struct led_classdev *led_cdev,
3222		       unsigned long rules)
3223{
3224	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3225	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3226	int err;
3227
3228	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
3229	err = phydev->drv->led_hw_control_set(phydev, phyled->index, rules);
3230	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
3231
3232	return err;
3233}
3234
3235static __maybe_unused int phy_led_hw_is_supported(struct led_classdev *led_cdev,
3236						  unsigned long rules)
3237{
3238	struct phy_led *phyled = to_phy_led(led_cdev);
3239	struct phy_device *phydev = phyled->phydev;
3240	int err;
3241
3242	mutex_lock(&phydev->lock);
3243	err = phydev->drv->led_hw_is_supported(phydev, phyled->index, rules);
3244	mutex_unlock(&phydev->lock);
3245
3246	return err;
3247}
3248
3249static void phy_leds_unregister(struct phy_device *phydev)
3250{
3251	struct phy_led *phyled;
3252
3253	list_for_each_entry(phyled, &phydev->leds, list) {
3254		led_classdev_unregister(&phyled->led_cdev);
 
3255	}
3256}
3257
3258static int of_phy_led(struct phy_device *phydev,
3259		      struct device_node *led)
3260{
3261	struct device *dev = &phydev->mdio.dev;
3262	struct led_init_data init_data = {};
3263	struct led_classdev *cdev;
3264	unsigned long modes = 0;
3265	struct phy_led *phyled;
3266	u32 index;
3267	int err;
3268
3269	phyled = devm_kzalloc(dev, sizeof(*phyled), GFP_KERNEL);
3270	if (!phyled)
3271		return -ENOMEM;
3272
3273	cdev = &phyled->led_cdev;
3274	phyled->phydev = phydev;
3275
3276	err = of_property_read_u32(led, "reg", &index);
3277	if (err)
3278		return err;
3279	if (index > U8_MAX)
3280		return -EINVAL;
3281
 
 
3282	if (of_property_read_bool(led, "active-low"))
3283		set_bit(PHY_LED_ACTIVE_LOW, &modes);
3284	if (of_property_read_bool(led, "inactive-high-impedance"))
3285		set_bit(PHY_LED_INACTIVE_HIGH_IMPEDANCE, &modes);
3286
 
 
 
 
3287	if (modes) {
3288		/* Return error if asked to set polarity modes but not supported */
3289		if (!phydev->drv->led_polarity_set)
3290			return -EINVAL;
3291
3292		err = phydev->drv->led_polarity_set(phydev, index, modes);
3293		if (err)
3294			return err;
3295	}
3296
3297	phyled->index = index;
3298	if (phydev->drv->led_brightness_set)
3299		cdev->brightness_set_blocking = phy_led_set_brightness;
3300	if (phydev->drv->led_blink_set)
3301		cdev->blink_set = phy_led_blink_set;
3302
3303#ifdef CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGERS
3304	if (phydev->drv->led_hw_is_supported &&
3305	    phydev->drv->led_hw_control_set &&
3306	    phydev->drv->led_hw_control_get) {
3307		cdev->hw_control_is_supported = phy_led_hw_is_supported;
3308		cdev->hw_control_set = phy_led_hw_control_set;
3309		cdev->hw_control_get = phy_led_hw_control_get;
3310		cdev->hw_control_trigger = "netdev";
3311	}
3312
3313	cdev->hw_control_get_device = phy_led_hw_control_get_device;
3314#endif
3315	cdev->max_brightness = 1;
3316	init_data.devicename = dev_name(&phydev->mdio.dev);
3317	init_data.fwnode = of_fwnode_handle(led);
3318	init_data.devname_mandatory = true;
3319
3320	err = led_classdev_register_ext(dev, cdev, &init_data);
3321	if (err)
3322		return err;
3323
3324	list_add(&phyled->list, &phydev->leds);
3325
3326	return 0;
3327}
3328
3329static int of_phy_leds(struct phy_device *phydev)
3330{
3331	struct device_node *node = phydev->mdio.dev.of_node;
3332	struct device_node *leds, *led;
3333	int err;
3334
3335	if (!IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_OF_MDIO))
3336		return 0;
3337
3338	if (!node)
3339		return 0;
3340
3341	leds = of_get_child_by_name(node, "leds");
3342	if (!leds)
3343		return 0;
3344
3345	for_each_available_child_of_node(leds, led) {
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3346		err = of_phy_led(phydev, led);
3347		if (err) {
3348			of_node_put(led);
3349			phy_leds_unregister(phydev);
3350			return err;
3351		}
3352	}
3353
 
 
3354	return 0;
3355}
3356
3357/**
3358 * fwnode_mdio_find_device - Given a fwnode, find the mdio_device
3359 * @fwnode: pointer to the mdio_device's fwnode
3360 *
3361 * If successful, returns a pointer to the mdio_device with the embedded
3362 * struct device refcount incremented by one, or NULL on failure.
3363 * The caller should call put_device() on the mdio_device after its use.
3364 */
3365struct mdio_device *fwnode_mdio_find_device(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode)
3366{
3367	struct device *d;
3368
3369	if (!fwnode)
3370		return NULL;
3371
3372	d = bus_find_device_by_fwnode(&mdio_bus_type, fwnode);
3373	if (!d)
3374		return NULL;
3375
3376	return to_mdio_device(d);
3377}
3378EXPORT_SYMBOL(fwnode_mdio_find_device);
3379
3380/**
3381 * fwnode_phy_find_device - For provided phy_fwnode, find phy_device.
3382 *
3383 * @phy_fwnode: Pointer to the phy's fwnode.
3384 *
3385 * If successful, returns a pointer to the phy_device with the embedded
3386 * struct device refcount incremented by one, or NULL on failure.
3387 */
3388struct phy_device *fwnode_phy_find_device(struct fwnode_handle *phy_fwnode)
3389{
3390	struct mdio_device *mdiodev;
3391
3392	mdiodev = fwnode_mdio_find_device(phy_fwnode);
3393	if (!mdiodev)
3394		return NULL;
3395
3396	if (mdiodev->flags & MDIO_DEVICE_FLAG_PHY)
3397		return to_phy_device(&mdiodev->dev);
3398
3399	put_device(&mdiodev->dev);
3400
3401	return NULL;
3402}
3403EXPORT_SYMBOL(fwnode_phy_find_device);
3404
3405/**
3406 * device_phy_find_device - For the given device, get the phy_device
3407 * @dev: Pointer to the given device
3408 *
3409 * Refer return conditions of fwnode_phy_find_device().
3410 */
3411struct phy_device *device_phy_find_device(struct device *dev)
3412{
3413	return fwnode_phy_find_device(dev_fwnode(dev));
3414}
3415EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(device_phy_find_device);
3416
3417/**
3418 * fwnode_get_phy_node - Get the phy_node using the named reference.
3419 * @fwnode: Pointer to fwnode from which phy_node has to be obtained.
3420 *
3421 * Refer return conditions of fwnode_find_reference().
3422 * For ACPI, only "phy-handle" is supported. Legacy DT properties "phy"
3423 * and "phy-device" are not supported in ACPI. DT supports all the three
3424 * named references to the phy node.
3425 */
3426struct fwnode_handle *fwnode_get_phy_node(const struct fwnode_handle *fwnode)
3427{
3428	struct fwnode_handle *phy_node;
3429
3430	/* Only phy-handle is used for ACPI */
3431	phy_node = fwnode_find_reference(fwnode, "phy-handle", 0);
3432	if (is_acpi_node(fwnode) || !IS_ERR(phy_node))
3433		return phy_node;
3434	phy_node = fwnode_find_reference(fwnode, "phy", 0);
3435	if (IS_ERR(phy_node))
3436		phy_node = fwnode_find_reference(fwnode, "phy-device", 0);
3437	return phy_node;
3438}
3439EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(fwnode_get_phy_node);
3440
3441/**
3442 * phy_probe - probe and init a PHY device
3443 * @dev: device to probe and init
3444 *
3445 * Take care of setting up the phy_device structure, set the state to READY.
3446 */
3447static int phy_probe(struct device *dev)
3448{
3449	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
3450	struct device_driver *drv = phydev->mdio.dev.driver;
3451	struct phy_driver *phydrv = to_phy_driver(drv);
3452	int err = 0;
3453
3454	phydev->drv = phydrv;
3455
3456	/* Disable the interrupt if the PHY doesn't support it
3457	 * but the interrupt is still a valid one
3458	 */
3459	if (!phy_drv_supports_irq(phydrv) && phy_interrupt_is_valid(phydev))
3460		phydev->irq = PHY_POLL;
3461
3462	if (phydrv->flags & PHY_IS_INTERNAL)
3463		phydev->is_internal = true;
3464
3465	/* Deassert the reset signal */
3466	phy_device_reset(phydev, 0);
3467
3468	if (phydev->drv->probe) {
3469		err = phydev->drv->probe(phydev);
3470		if (err)
3471			goto out;
3472	}
3473
3474	phy_disable_interrupts(phydev);
3475
3476	/* Start out supporting everything. Eventually,
3477	 * a controller will attach, and may modify one
3478	 * or both of these values
3479	 */
3480	if (phydrv->features) {
3481		linkmode_copy(phydev->supported, phydrv->features);
3482		genphy_c45_read_eee_abilities(phydev);
3483	}
3484	else if (phydrv->get_features)
3485		err = phydrv->get_features(phydev);
3486	else if (phydev->is_c45)
3487		err = genphy_c45_pma_read_abilities(phydev);
3488	else
3489		err = genphy_read_abilities(phydev);
3490
3491	if (err)
3492		goto out;
3493
3494	if (!linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT,
3495			       phydev->supported))
3496		phydev->autoneg = 0;
3497
3498	if (linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Half_BIT,
3499			      phydev->supported))
3500		phydev->is_gigabit_capable = 1;
3501	if (linkmode_test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT,
3502			      phydev->supported))
3503		phydev->is_gigabit_capable = 1;
3504
3505	of_set_phy_supported(phydev);
3506	phy_advertise_supported(phydev);
3507
3508	/* Get PHY default EEE advertising modes and handle them as potentially
3509	 * safe initial configuration.
3510	 */
3511	err = genphy_c45_read_eee_adv(phydev, phydev->advertising_eee);
3512	if (err)
3513		goto out;
3514
3515	/* There is no "enabled" flag. If PHY is advertising, assume it is
3516	 * kind of enabled.
3517	 */
3518	phydev->eee_enabled = !linkmode_empty(phydev->advertising_eee);
3519
3520	/* Some PHYs may advertise, by default, not support EEE modes. So,
3521	 * we need to clean them.
3522	 */
3523	if (phydev->eee_enabled)
3524		linkmode_and(phydev->advertising_eee, phydev->supported_eee,
3525			     phydev->advertising_eee);
3526
3527	/* Get the EEE modes we want to prohibit. We will ask
3528	 * the PHY stop advertising these mode later on
3529	 */
3530	of_set_phy_eee_broken(phydev);
3531
 
 
 
3532	/* The Pause Frame bits indicate that the PHY can support passing
3533	 * pause frames. During autonegotiation, the PHYs will determine if
3534	 * they should allow pause frames to pass.  The MAC driver should then
3535	 * use that result to determine whether to enable flow control via
3536	 * pause frames.
3537	 *
3538	 * Normally, PHY drivers should not set the Pause bits, and instead
3539	 * allow phylib to do that.  However, there may be some situations
3540	 * (e.g. hardware erratum) where the driver wants to set only one
3541	 * of these bits.
3542	 */
3543	if (!test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT, phydev->supported) &&
3544	    !test_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT, phydev->supported)) {
3545		linkmode_set_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT,
3546				 phydev->supported);
3547		linkmode_set_bit(ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT,
3548				 phydev->supported);
3549	}
3550
3551	/* Set the state to READY by default */
3552	phydev->state = PHY_READY;
3553
3554	/* Get the LEDs from the device tree, and instantiate standard
3555	 * LEDs for them.
3556	 */
3557	if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_PHYLIB_LEDS))
3558		err = of_phy_leds(phydev);
3559
3560out:
3561	/* Re-assert the reset signal on error */
3562	if (err)
3563		phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
3564
3565	return err;
3566}
3567
3568static int phy_remove(struct device *dev)
3569{
3570	struct phy_device *phydev = to_phy_device(dev);
3571
3572	cancel_delayed_work_sync(&phydev->state_queue);
3573
3574	if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_PHYLIB_LEDS))
3575		phy_leds_unregister(phydev);
3576
3577	phydev->state = PHY_DOWN;
3578
3579	sfp_bus_del_upstream(phydev->sfp_bus);
3580	phydev->sfp_bus = NULL;
3581
3582	if (phydev->drv && phydev->drv->remove)
3583		phydev->drv->remove(phydev);
3584
3585	/* Assert the reset signal */
3586	phy_device_reset(phydev, 1);
3587
3588	phydev->drv = NULL;
3589
3590	return 0;
3591}
3592
3593/**
3594 * phy_driver_register - register a phy_driver with the PHY layer
3595 * @new_driver: new phy_driver to register
3596 * @owner: module owning this PHY
3597 */
3598int phy_driver_register(struct phy_driver *new_driver, struct module *owner)
3599{
3600	int retval;
3601
3602	/* Either the features are hard coded, or dynamically
3603	 * determined. It cannot be both.
3604	 */
3605	if (WARN_ON(new_driver->features && new_driver->get_features)) {
3606		pr_err("%s: features and get_features must not both be set\n",
3607		       new_driver->name);
3608		return -EINVAL;
3609	}
3610
3611	/* PHYLIB device drivers must not match using a DT compatible table
3612	 * as this bypasses our checks that the mdiodev that is being matched
3613	 * is backed by a struct phy_device. If such a case happens, we will
3614	 * make out-of-bounds accesses and lockup in phydev->lock.
3615	 */
3616	if (WARN(new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.of_match_table,
3617		 "%s: driver must not provide a DT match table\n",
3618		 new_driver->name))
3619		return -EINVAL;
3620
3621	new_driver->mdiodrv.flags |= MDIO_DEVICE_IS_PHY;
3622	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.name = new_driver->name;
3623	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.bus = &mdio_bus_type;
3624	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.probe = phy_probe;
3625	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.remove = phy_remove;
3626	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.owner = owner;
3627	new_driver->mdiodrv.driver.probe_type = PROBE_FORCE_SYNCHRONOUS;
3628
3629	retval = driver_register(&new_driver->mdiodrv.driver);
3630	if (retval) {
3631		pr_err("%s: Error %d in registering driver\n",
3632		       new_driver->name, retval);
3633
3634		return retval;
3635	}
3636
3637	pr_debug("%s: Registered new driver\n", new_driver->name);
3638
3639	return 0;
3640}
3641EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_driver_register);
3642
3643int phy_drivers_register(struct phy_driver *new_driver, int n,
3644			 struct module *owner)
3645{
3646	int i, ret = 0;
3647
3648	for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
3649		ret = phy_driver_register(new_driver + i, owner);
3650		if (ret) {
3651			while (i-- > 0)
3652				phy_driver_unregister(new_driver + i);
3653			break;
3654		}
3655	}
3656	return ret;
3657}
3658EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_drivers_register);
3659
3660void phy_driver_unregister(struct phy_driver *drv)
3661{
3662	driver_unregister(&drv->mdiodrv.driver);
3663}
3664EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_driver_unregister);
3665
3666void phy_drivers_unregister(struct phy_driver *drv, int n)
3667{
3668	int i;
3669
3670	for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
3671		phy_driver_unregister(drv + i);
3672}
3673EXPORT_SYMBOL(phy_drivers_unregister);
3674
3675static struct phy_driver genphy_driver = {
3676	.phy_id		= 0xffffffff,
3677	.phy_id_mask	= 0xffffffff,
3678	.name		= "Generic PHY",
3679	.get_features	= genphy_read_abilities,
3680	.suspend	= genphy_suspend,
3681	.resume		= genphy_resume,
3682	.set_loopback   = genphy_loopback,
3683};
3684
3685static const struct ethtool_phy_ops phy_ethtool_phy_ops = {
3686	.get_sset_count		= phy_ethtool_get_sset_count,
3687	.get_strings		= phy_ethtool_get_strings,
3688	.get_stats		= phy_ethtool_get_stats,
3689	.get_plca_cfg		= phy_ethtool_get_plca_cfg,
3690	.set_plca_cfg		= phy_ethtool_set_plca_cfg,
3691	.get_plca_status	= phy_ethtool_get_plca_status,
3692	.start_cable_test	= phy_start_cable_test,
3693	.start_cable_test_tdr	= phy_start_cable_test_tdr,
3694};
3695
3696static const struct phylib_stubs __phylib_stubs = {
3697	.hwtstamp_get = __phy_hwtstamp_get,
3698	.hwtstamp_set = __phy_hwtstamp_set,
 
 
3699};
3700
3701static void phylib_register_stubs(void)
3702{
3703	phylib_stubs = &__phylib_stubs;
3704}
3705
3706static void phylib_unregister_stubs(void)
3707{
3708	phylib_stubs = NULL;
3709}
3710
3711static int __init phy_init(void)
3712{
3713	int rc;
3714
3715	rtnl_lock();
3716	ethtool_set_ethtool_phy_ops(&phy_ethtool_phy_ops);
3717	phylib_register_stubs();
3718	rtnl_unlock();
3719
3720	rc = mdio_bus_init();
3721	if (rc)
3722		goto err_ethtool_phy_ops;
3723
3724	features_init();
3725
3726	rc = phy_driver_register(&genphy_c45_driver, THIS_MODULE);
3727	if (rc)
3728		goto err_mdio_bus;
3729
3730	rc = phy_driver_register(&genphy_driver, THIS_MODULE);
3731	if (rc)
3732		goto err_c45;
3733
3734	return 0;
3735
3736err_c45:
3737	phy_driver_unregister(&genphy_c45_driver);
3738err_mdio_bus:
3739	mdio_bus_exit();
3740err_ethtool_phy_ops:
3741	rtnl_lock();
3742	phylib_unregister_stubs();
3743	ethtool_set_ethtool_phy_ops(NULL);
3744	rtnl_unlock();
3745
3746	return rc;
3747}
3748
3749static void __exit phy_exit(void)
3750{
3751	phy_driver_unregister(&genphy_c45_driver);
3752	phy_driver_unregister(&genphy_driver);
3753	mdio_bus_exit();
3754	rtnl_lock();
3755	phylib_unregister_stubs();
3756	ethtool_set_ethtool_phy_ops(NULL);
3757	rtnl_unlock();
3758}
3759
3760subsys_initcall(phy_init);
3761module_exit(phy_exit);